1 |
24 |
jeremybenn |
/* Renesas / SuperH SH specific support for 32-bit ELF
|
2 |
|
|
Copyright 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005,
|
3 |
225 |
jeremybenn |
2006, 2007, 2008, 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
4 |
24 |
jeremybenn |
Contributed by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support.
|
5 |
|
|
|
6 |
|
|
This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
|
7 |
|
|
|
8 |
|
|
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
9 |
|
|
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
10 |
|
|
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
|
11 |
|
|
(at your option) any later version.
|
12 |
|
|
|
13 |
|
|
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
14 |
|
|
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
15 |
|
|
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
16 |
|
|
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
17 |
|
|
|
18 |
|
|
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
19 |
|
|
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
20 |
|
|
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
|
21 |
|
|
MA 02110-1301, USA. */
|
22 |
|
|
|
23 |
|
|
#include "sysdep.h"
|
24 |
|
|
#include "bfd.h"
|
25 |
|
|
#include "bfdlink.h"
|
26 |
|
|
#include "libbfd.h"
|
27 |
|
|
#include "elf-bfd.h"
|
28 |
|
|
#include "elf-vxworks.h"
|
29 |
|
|
#include "elf/sh.h"
|
30 |
|
|
#include "libiberty.h"
|
31 |
|
|
#include "../opcodes/sh-opc.h"
|
32 |
|
|
|
33 |
|
|
static bfd_reloc_status_type sh_elf_reloc
|
34 |
|
|
(bfd *, arelent *, asymbol *, void *, asection *, bfd *, char **);
|
35 |
|
|
static bfd_reloc_status_type sh_elf_ignore_reloc
|
36 |
|
|
(bfd *, arelent *, asymbol *, void *, asection *, bfd *, char **);
|
37 |
|
|
static bfd_boolean sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes
|
38 |
|
|
(bfd *, asection *, bfd_vma, int);
|
39 |
|
|
static bfd_boolean sh_elf_align_loads
|
40 |
|
|
(bfd *, asection *, Elf_Internal_Rela *, bfd_byte *, bfd_boolean *);
|
41 |
|
|
#ifndef SH64_ELF
|
42 |
|
|
static bfd_boolean sh_elf_swap_insns
|
43 |
|
|
(bfd *, asection *, void *, bfd_byte *, bfd_vma);
|
44 |
|
|
#endif
|
45 |
|
|
static int sh_elf_optimized_tls_reloc
|
46 |
|
|
(struct bfd_link_info *, int, int);
|
47 |
|
|
static bfd_vma dtpoff_base
|
48 |
|
|
(struct bfd_link_info *);
|
49 |
|
|
static bfd_vma tpoff
|
50 |
|
|
(struct bfd_link_info *, bfd_vma);
|
51 |
|
|
|
52 |
|
|
/* The name of the dynamic interpreter. This is put in the .interp
|
53 |
|
|
section. */
|
54 |
|
|
|
55 |
|
|
#define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER "/usr/lib/libc.so.1"
|
56 |
|
|
|
57 |
|
|
#define MINUS_ONE ((bfd_vma) 0 - 1)
|
58 |
|
|
|
59 |
|
|
#define SH_PARTIAL32 TRUE
|
60 |
|
|
#define SH_SRC_MASK32 0xffffffff
|
61 |
|
|
#define SH_ELF_RELOC sh_elf_reloc
|
62 |
|
|
static reloc_howto_type sh_elf_howto_table[] =
|
63 |
|
|
{
|
64 |
|
|
#include "elf32-sh-relocs.h"
|
65 |
|
|
};
|
66 |
|
|
|
67 |
|
|
#define SH_PARTIAL32 FALSE
|
68 |
|
|
#define SH_SRC_MASK32 0
|
69 |
|
|
#define SH_ELF_RELOC bfd_elf_generic_reloc
|
70 |
|
|
static reloc_howto_type sh_vxworks_howto_table[] =
|
71 |
|
|
{
|
72 |
|
|
#include "elf32-sh-relocs.h"
|
73 |
|
|
};
|
74 |
|
|
|
75 |
|
|
/* Return true if OUTPUT_BFD is a VxWorks object. */
|
76 |
|
|
|
77 |
|
|
static bfd_boolean
|
78 |
|
|
vxworks_object_p (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
79 |
|
|
{
|
80 |
|
|
#if !defined INCLUDE_SHMEDIA && !defined SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED
|
81 |
|
|
extern const bfd_target bfd_elf32_shlvxworks_vec;
|
82 |
|
|
extern const bfd_target bfd_elf32_shvxworks_vec;
|
83 |
|
|
|
84 |
|
|
return (abfd->xvec == &bfd_elf32_shlvxworks_vec
|
85 |
|
|
|| abfd->xvec == &bfd_elf32_shvxworks_vec);
|
86 |
|
|
#else
|
87 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
88 |
|
|
#endif
|
89 |
|
|
}
|
90 |
|
|
|
91 |
|
|
/* Return the howto table for ABFD. */
|
92 |
|
|
|
93 |
|
|
static reloc_howto_type *
|
94 |
|
|
get_howto_table (bfd *abfd)
|
95 |
|
|
{
|
96 |
|
|
if (vxworks_object_p (abfd))
|
97 |
|
|
return sh_vxworks_howto_table;
|
98 |
|
|
return sh_elf_howto_table;
|
99 |
|
|
}
|
100 |
|
|
|
101 |
|
|
static bfd_reloc_status_type
|
102 |
|
|
sh_elf_reloc_loop (int r_type ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, bfd *input_bfd,
|
103 |
|
|
asection *input_section, bfd_byte *contents,
|
104 |
|
|
bfd_vma addr, asection *symbol_section,
|
105 |
|
|
bfd_vma start, bfd_vma end)
|
106 |
|
|
{
|
107 |
|
|
static bfd_vma last_addr;
|
108 |
|
|
static asection *last_symbol_section;
|
109 |
|
|
bfd_byte *start_ptr, *ptr, *last_ptr;
|
110 |
|
|
int diff, cum_diff;
|
111 |
|
|
bfd_signed_vma x;
|
112 |
|
|
int insn;
|
113 |
|
|
|
114 |
|
|
/* Sanity check the address. */
|
115 |
|
|
if (addr > bfd_get_section_limit (input_bfd, input_section))
|
116 |
|
|
return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
|
117 |
|
|
|
118 |
|
|
/* We require the start and end relocations to be processed consecutively -
|
119 |
|
|
although we allow then to be processed forwards or backwards. */
|
120 |
|
|
if (! last_addr)
|
121 |
|
|
{
|
122 |
|
|
last_addr = addr;
|
123 |
|
|
last_symbol_section = symbol_section;
|
124 |
|
|
return bfd_reloc_ok;
|
125 |
|
|
}
|
126 |
|
|
if (last_addr != addr)
|
127 |
|
|
abort ();
|
128 |
|
|
last_addr = 0;
|
129 |
|
|
|
130 |
|
|
if (! symbol_section || last_symbol_section != symbol_section || end < start)
|
131 |
|
|
return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
|
132 |
|
|
|
133 |
|
|
/* Get the symbol_section contents. */
|
134 |
|
|
if (symbol_section != input_section)
|
135 |
|
|
{
|
136 |
|
|
if (elf_section_data (symbol_section)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
|
137 |
|
|
contents = elf_section_data (symbol_section)->this_hdr.contents;
|
138 |
|
|
else
|
139 |
|
|
{
|
140 |
|
|
if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (input_bfd, symbol_section,
|
141 |
|
|
&contents))
|
142 |
|
|
{
|
143 |
|
|
if (contents != NULL)
|
144 |
|
|
free (contents);
|
145 |
|
|
return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
|
146 |
|
|
}
|
147 |
|
|
}
|
148 |
|
|
}
|
149 |
|
|
#define IS_PPI(PTR) ((bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, (PTR)) & 0xfc00) == 0xf800)
|
150 |
|
|
start_ptr = contents + start;
|
151 |
|
|
for (cum_diff = -6, ptr = contents + end; cum_diff < 0 && ptr > start_ptr;)
|
152 |
|
|
{
|
153 |
|
|
for (last_ptr = ptr, ptr -= 4; ptr >= start_ptr && IS_PPI (ptr);)
|
154 |
|
|
ptr -= 2;
|
155 |
|
|
ptr += 2;
|
156 |
|
|
diff = (last_ptr - ptr) >> 1;
|
157 |
|
|
cum_diff += diff & 1;
|
158 |
|
|
cum_diff += diff;
|
159 |
|
|
}
|
160 |
|
|
/* Calculate the start / end values to load into rs / re minus four -
|
161 |
|
|
so that will cancel out the four we would otherwise have to add to
|
162 |
|
|
addr to get the value to subtract in order to get relative addressing. */
|
163 |
|
|
if (cum_diff >= 0)
|
164 |
|
|
{
|
165 |
|
|
start -= 4;
|
166 |
|
|
end = (ptr + cum_diff * 2) - contents;
|
167 |
|
|
}
|
168 |
|
|
else
|
169 |
|
|
{
|
170 |
|
|
bfd_vma start0 = start - 4;
|
171 |
|
|
|
172 |
|
|
while (start0 && IS_PPI (contents + start0))
|
173 |
|
|
start0 -= 2;
|
174 |
|
|
start0 = start - 2 - ((start - start0) & 2);
|
175 |
|
|
start = start0 - cum_diff - 2;
|
176 |
|
|
end = start0;
|
177 |
|
|
}
|
178 |
|
|
|
179 |
|
|
if (contents != NULL
|
180 |
|
|
&& elf_section_data (symbol_section)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
|
181 |
|
|
free (contents);
|
182 |
|
|
|
183 |
|
|
insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + addr);
|
184 |
|
|
|
185 |
|
|
x = (insn & 0x200 ? end : start) - addr;
|
186 |
|
|
if (input_section != symbol_section)
|
187 |
|
|
x += ((symbol_section->output_section->vma + symbol_section->output_offset)
|
188 |
|
|
- (input_section->output_section->vma
|
189 |
|
|
+ input_section->output_offset));
|
190 |
|
|
x >>= 1;
|
191 |
|
|
if (x < -128 || x > 127)
|
192 |
|
|
return bfd_reloc_overflow;
|
193 |
|
|
|
194 |
|
|
x = (insn & ~0xff) | (x & 0xff);
|
195 |
|
|
bfd_put_16 (input_bfd, (bfd_vma) x, contents + addr);
|
196 |
|
|
|
197 |
|
|
return bfd_reloc_ok;
|
198 |
|
|
}
|
199 |
|
|
|
200 |
|
|
/* This function is used for normal relocs. This used to be like the COFF
|
201 |
|
|
function, and is almost certainly incorrect for other ELF targets. */
|
202 |
|
|
|
203 |
|
|
static bfd_reloc_status_type
|
204 |
|
|
sh_elf_reloc (bfd *abfd, arelent *reloc_entry, asymbol *symbol_in,
|
205 |
|
|
void *data, asection *input_section, bfd *output_bfd,
|
206 |
|
|
char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
207 |
|
|
{
|
208 |
|
|
unsigned long insn;
|
209 |
|
|
bfd_vma sym_value;
|
210 |
|
|
enum elf_sh_reloc_type r_type;
|
211 |
|
|
bfd_vma addr = reloc_entry->address;
|
212 |
|
|
bfd_byte *hit_data = addr + (bfd_byte *) data;
|
213 |
|
|
|
214 |
|
|
r_type = (enum elf_sh_reloc_type) reloc_entry->howto->type;
|
215 |
|
|
|
216 |
|
|
if (output_bfd != NULL)
|
217 |
|
|
{
|
218 |
|
|
/* Partial linking--do nothing. */
|
219 |
|
|
reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
|
220 |
|
|
return bfd_reloc_ok;
|
221 |
|
|
}
|
222 |
|
|
|
223 |
|
|
/* Almost all relocs have to do with relaxing. If any work must be
|
224 |
|
|
done for them, it has been done in sh_relax_section. */
|
225 |
|
|
if (r_type == R_SH_IND12W && (symbol_in->flags & BSF_LOCAL) != 0)
|
226 |
|
|
return bfd_reloc_ok;
|
227 |
|
|
|
228 |
|
|
if (symbol_in != NULL
|
229 |
|
|
&& bfd_is_und_section (symbol_in->section))
|
230 |
|
|
return bfd_reloc_undefined;
|
231 |
|
|
|
232 |
|
|
if (bfd_is_com_section (symbol_in->section))
|
233 |
|
|
sym_value = 0;
|
234 |
|
|
else
|
235 |
|
|
sym_value = (symbol_in->value +
|
236 |
|
|
symbol_in->section->output_section->vma +
|
237 |
|
|
symbol_in->section->output_offset);
|
238 |
|
|
|
239 |
|
|
switch (r_type)
|
240 |
|
|
{
|
241 |
|
|
case R_SH_DIR32:
|
242 |
|
|
insn = bfd_get_32 (abfd, hit_data);
|
243 |
|
|
insn += sym_value + reloc_entry->addend;
|
244 |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, hit_data);
|
245 |
|
|
break;
|
246 |
|
|
case R_SH_IND12W:
|
247 |
|
|
insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, hit_data);
|
248 |
|
|
sym_value += reloc_entry->addend;
|
249 |
|
|
sym_value -= (input_section->output_section->vma
|
250 |
|
|
+ input_section->output_offset
|
251 |
|
|
+ addr
|
252 |
|
|
+ 4);
|
253 |
|
|
sym_value += (insn & 0xfff) << 1;
|
254 |
|
|
if (insn & 0x800)
|
255 |
|
|
sym_value -= 0x1000;
|
256 |
|
|
insn = (insn & 0xf000) | (sym_value & 0xfff);
|
257 |
|
|
bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, hit_data);
|
258 |
|
|
if (sym_value < (bfd_vma) -0x1000 || sym_value >= 0x1000)
|
259 |
|
|
return bfd_reloc_overflow;
|
260 |
|
|
break;
|
261 |
|
|
default:
|
262 |
|
|
abort ();
|
263 |
|
|
break;
|
264 |
|
|
}
|
265 |
|
|
|
266 |
|
|
return bfd_reloc_ok;
|
267 |
|
|
}
|
268 |
|
|
|
269 |
|
|
/* This function is used for relocs which are only used for relaxing,
|
270 |
|
|
which the linker should otherwise ignore. */
|
271 |
|
|
|
272 |
|
|
static bfd_reloc_status_type
|
273 |
|
|
sh_elf_ignore_reloc (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, arelent *reloc_entry,
|
274 |
|
|
asymbol *symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
275 |
|
|
void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *input_section,
|
276 |
|
|
bfd *output_bfd,
|
277 |
|
|
char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
278 |
|
|
{
|
279 |
|
|
if (output_bfd != NULL)
|
280 |
|
|
reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
|
281 |
|
|
return bfd_reloc_ok;
|
282 |
|
|
}
|
283 |
|
|
|
284 |
|
|
/* This structure is used to map BFD reloc codes to SH ELF relocs. */
|
285 |
|
|
|
286 |
|
|
struct elf_reloc_map
|
287 |
|
|
{
|
288 |
|
|
bfd_reloc_code_real_type bfd_reloc_val;
|
289 |
|
|
unsigned char elf_reloc_val;
|
290 |
|
|
};
|
291 |
|
|
|
292 |
|
|
/* An array mapping BFD reloc codes to SH ELF relocs. */
|
293 |
|
|
|
294 |
|
|
static const struct elf_reloc_map sh_reloc_map[] =
|
295 |
|
|
{
|
296 |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_NONE, R_SH_NONE },
|
297 |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_32, R_SH_DIR32 },
|
298 |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_16, R_SH_DIR16 },
|
299 |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_8, R_SH_DIR8 },
|
300 |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_CTOR, R_SH_DIR32 },
|
301 |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL, R_SH_REL32 },
|
302 |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_PCDISP8BY2, R_SH_DIR8WPN },
|
303 |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_PCDISP12BY2, R_SH_IND12W },
|
304 |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_PCRELIMM8BY2, R_SH_DIR8WPZ },
|
305 |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_PCRELIMM8BY4, R_SH_DIR8WPL },
|
306 |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL, R_SH_SWITCH8 },
|
307 |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_SWITCH16, R_SH_SWITCH16 },
|
308 |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_SWITCH32, R_SH_SWITCH32 },
|
309 |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_USES, R_SH_USES },
|
310 |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_COUNT, R_SH_COUNT },
|
311 |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_ALIGN, R_SH_ALIGN },
|
312 |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_CODE, R_SH_CODE },
|
313 |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_DATA, R_SH_DATA },
|
314 |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_LABEL, R_SH_LABEL },
|
315 |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_INHERIT, R_SH_GNU_VTINHERIT },
|
316 |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY, R_SH_GNU_VTENTRY },
|
317 |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_LOOP_START, R_SH_LOOP_START },
|
318 |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_LOOP_END, R_SH_LOOP_END },
|
319 |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_GD_32, R_SH_TLS_GD_32 },
|
320 |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_LD_32, R_SH_TLS_LD_32 },
|
321 |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_LDO_32, R_SH_TLS_LDO_32 },
|
322 |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_IE_32, R_SH_TLS_IE_32 },
|
323 |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_LE_32, R_SH_TLS_LE_32 },
|
324 |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_DTPMOD32, R_SH_TLS_DTPMOD32 },
|
325 |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_DTPOFF32, R_SH_TLS_DTPOFF32 },
|
326 |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_TPOFF32, R_SH_TLS_TPOFF32 },
|
327 |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_32_GOT_PCREL, R_SH_GOT32 },
|
328 |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_32_PLT_PCREL, R_SH_PLT32 },
|
329 |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_COPY, R_SH_COPY },
|
330 |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_GLOB_DAT, R_SH_GLOB_DAT },
|
331 |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_JMP_SLOT, R_SH_JMP_SLOT },
|
332 |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_RELATIVE, R_SH_RELATIVE },
|
333 |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_32_GOTOFF, R_SH_GOTOFF },
|
334 |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPC, R_SH_GOTPC },
|
335 |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPLT32, R_SH_GOTPLT32 },
|
336 |
|
|
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
|
337 |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_GOT_LOW16, R_SH_GOT_LOW16 },
|
338 |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_GOT_MEDLOW16, R_SH_GOT_MEDLOW16 },
|
339 |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_GOT_MEDHI16, R_SH_GOT_MEDHI16 },
|
340 |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_GOT_HI16, R_SH_GOT_HI16 },
|
341 |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPLT_LOW16, R_SH_GOTPLT_LOW16 },
|
342 |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPLT_MEDLOW16, R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDLOW16 },
|
343 |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPLT_MEDHI16, R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDHI16 },
|
344 |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPLT_HI16, R_SH_GOTPLT_HI16 },
|
345 |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_PLT_LOW16, R_SH_PLT_LOW16 },
|
346 |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_PLT_MEDLOW16, R_SH_PLT_MEDLOW16 },
|
347 |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_PLT_MEDHI16, R_SH_PLT_MEDHI16 },
|
348 |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_PLT_HI16, R_SH_PLT_HI16 },
|
349 |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTOFF_LOW16, R_SH_GOTOFF_LOW16 },
|
350 |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTOFF_MEDLOW16, R_SH_GOTOFF_MEDLOW16 },
|
351 |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTOFF_MEDHI16, R_SH_GOTOFF_MEDHI16 },
|
352 |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTOFF_HI16, R_SH_GOTOFF_HI16 },
|
353 |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPC_LOW16, R_SH_GOTPC_LOW16 },
|
354 |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPC_MEDLOW16, R_SH_GOTPC_MEDLOW16 },
|
355 |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPC_MEDHI16, R_SH_GOTPC_MEDHI16 },
|
356 |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPC_HI16, R_SH_GOTPC_HI16 },
|
357 |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_COPY64, R_SH_COPY64 },
|
358 |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_GLOB_DAT64, R_SH_GLOB_DAT64 },
|
359 |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_JMP_SLOT64, R_SH_JMP_SLOT64 },
|
360 |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_RELATIVE64, R_SH_RELATIVE64 },
|
361 |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_GOT10BY4, R_SH_GOT10BY4 },
|
362 |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_GOT10BY8, R_SH_GOT10BY8 },
|
363 |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPLT10BY4, R_SH_GOTPLT10BY4 },
|
364 |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPLT10BY8, R_SH_GOTPLT10BY8 },
|
365 |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_PT_16, R_SH_PT_16 },
|
366 |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_SHMEDIA_CODE, R_SH_SHMEDIA_CODE },
|
367 |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMU5, R_SH_DIR5U },
|
368 |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMS6, R_SH_DIR6S },
|
369 |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMU6, R_SH_DIR6U },
|
370 |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMS10, R_SH_DIR10S },
|
371 |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMS10BY2, R_SH_DIR10SW },
|
372 |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMS10BY4, R_SH_DIR10SL },
|
373 |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMS10BY8, R_SH_DIR10SQ },
|
374 |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMS16, R_SH_IMMS16 },
|
375 |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMU16, R_SH_IMMU16 },
|
376 |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_LOW16, R_SH_IMM_LOW16 },
|
377 |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_LOW16_PCREL, R_SH_IMM_LOW16_PCREL },
|
378 |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16, R_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16 },
|
379 |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16_PCREL, R_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16_PCREL },
|
380 |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_MEDHI16, R_SH_IMM_MEDHI16 },
|
381 |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_MEDHI16_PCREL, R_SH_IMM_MEDHI16_PCREL },
|
382 |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_HI16, R_SH_IMM_HI16 },
|
383 |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_HI16_PCREL, R_SH_IMM_HI16_PCREL },
|
384 |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_64, R_SH_64 },
|
385 |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL, R_SH_64_PCREL },
|
386 |
|
|
#endif /* not INCLUDE_SHMEDIA */
|
387 |
|
|
};
|
388 |
|
|
|
389 |
|
|
/* Given a BFD reloc code, return the howto structure for the
|
390 |
|
|
corresponding SH ELF reloc. */
|
391 |
|
|
|
392 |
|
|
static reloc_howto_type *
|
393 |
|
|
sh_elf_reloc_type_lookup (bfd *abfd, bfd_reloc_code_real_type code)
|
394 |
|
|
{
|
395 |
|
|
unsigned int i;
|
396 |
|
|
|
397 |
|
|
for (i = 0; i < sizeof (sh_reloc_map) / sizeof (struct elf_reloc_map); i++)
|
398 |
|
|
{
|
399 |
|
|
if (sh_reloc_map[i].bfd_reloc_val == code)
|
400 |
|
|
return get_howto_table (abfd) + (int) sh_reloc_map[i].elf_reloc_val;
|
401 |
|
|
}
|
402 |
|
|
|
403 |
|
|
return NULL;
|
404 |
|
|
}
|
405 |
|
|
|
406 |
|
|
static reloc_howto_type *
|
407 |
|
|
sh_elf_reloc_name_lookup (bfd *abfd, const char *r_name)
|
408 |
|
|
{
|
409 |
|
|
unsigned int i;
|
410 |
|
|
|
411 |
|
|
if (vxworks_object_p (abfd))
|
412 |
|
|
{
|
413 |
|
|
for (i = 0;
|
414 |
|
|
i < (sizeof (sh_vxworks_howto_table)
|
415 |
|
|
/ sizeof (sh_vxworks_howto_table[0]));
|
416 |
|
|
i++)
|
417 |
|
|
if (sh_vxworks_howto_table[i].name != NULL
|
418 |
|
|
&& strcasecmp (sh_vxworks_howto_table[i].name, r_name) == 0)
|
419 |
|
|
return &sh_vxworks_howto_table[i];
|
420 |
|
|
}
|
421 |
|
|
else
|
422 |
|
|
{
|
423 |
|
|
for (i = 0;
|
424 |
|
|
i < (sizeof (sh_elf_howto_table)
|
425 |
|
|
/ sizeof (sh_elf_howto_table[0]));
|
426 |
|
|
i++)
|
427 |
|
|
if (sh_elf_howto_table[i].name != NULL
|
428 |
|
|
&& strcasecmp (sh_elf_howto_table[i].name, r_name) == 0)
|
429 |
|
|
return &sh_elf_howto_table[i];
|
430 |
|
|
}
|
431 |
|
|
|
432 |
|
|
return NULL;
|
433 |
|
|
}
|
434 |
|
|
|
435 |
|
|
/* Given an ELF reloc, fill in the howto field of a relent. */
|
436 |
|
|
|
437 |
|
|
static void
|
438 |
|
|
sh_elf_info_to_howto (bfd *abfd, arelent *cache_ptr, Elf_Internal_Rela *dst)
|
439 |
|
|
{
|
440 |
|
|
unsigned int r;
|
441 |
|
|
|
442 |
|
|
r = ELF32_R_TYPE (dst->r_info);
|
443 |
|
|
|
444 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (r < (unsigned int) R_SH_max);
|
445 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (r < R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC || r > R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC);
|
446 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (r < R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_2 || r > R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_2);
|
447 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (r < R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_3 || r > R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_3);
|
448 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (r < R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_4 || r > R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_4);
|
449 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (r < R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_5 || r > R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_5);
|
450 |
|
|
|
451 |
|
|
cache_ptr->howto = get_howto_table (abfd) + r;
|
452 |
|
|
}
|
453 |
|
|
|
454 |
|
|
/* This function handles relaxing for SH ELF. See the corresponding
|
455 |
|
|
function in coff-sh.c for a description of what this does. FIXME:
|
456 |
|
|
There is a lot of duplication here between this code and the COFF
|
457 |
|
|
specific code. The format of relocs and symbols is wound deeply
|
458 |
|
|
into this code, but it would still be better if the duplication
|
459 |
|
|
could be eliminated somehow. Note in particular that although both
|
460 |
|
|
functions use symbols like R_SH_CODE, those symbols have different
|
461 |
|
|
values; in coff-sh.c they come from include/coff/sh.h, whereas here
|
462 |
|
|
they come from enum elf_sh_reloc_type in include/elf/sh.h. */
|
463 |
|
|
|
464 |
|
|
static bfd_boolean
|
465 |
|
|
sh_elf_relax_section (bfd *abfd, asection *sec,
|
466 |
|
|
struct bfd_link_info *link_info, bfd_boolean *again)
|
467 |
|
|
{
|
468 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
|
469 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs;
|
470 |
|
|
bfd_boolean have_code;
|
471 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
|
472 |
|
|
bfd_byte *contents = NULL;
|
473 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf = NULL;
|
474 |
|
|
|
475 |
|
|
*again = FALSE;
|
476 |
|
|
|
477 |
|
|
if (link_info->relocatable
|
478 |
|
|
|| (sec->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0
|
479 |
|
|
|| sec->reloc_count == 0)
|
480 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
481 |
|
|
|
482 |
|
|
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
|
483 |
|
|
if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.sh_flags
|
484 |
|
|
& (SHF_SH5_ISA32 | SHF_SH5_ISA32_MIXED))
|
485 |
|
|
{
|
486 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
487 |
|
|
}
|
488 |
|
|
#endif
|
489 |
|
|
|
490 |
|
|
symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd);
|
491 |
|
|
|
492 |
|
|
internal_relocs = (_bfd_elf_link_read_relocs
|
493 |
|
|
(abfd, sec, NULL, (Elf_Internal_Rela *) NULL,
|
494 |
|
|
link_info->keep_memory));
|
495 |
|
|
if (internal_relocs == NULL)
|
496 |
|
|
goto error_return;
|
497 |
|
|
|
498 |
|
|
have_code = FALSE;
|
499 |
|
|
|
500 |
|
|
irelend = internal_relocs + sec->reloc_count;
|
501 |
|
|
for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
|
502 |
|
|
{
|
503 |
|
|
bfd_vma laddr, paddr, symval;
|
504 |
|
|
unsigned short insn;
|
505 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Rela *irelfn, *irelscan, *irelcount;
|
506 |
|
|
bfd_signed_vma foff;
|
507 |
|
|
|
508 |
|
|
if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_CODE)
|
509 |
|
|
have_code = TRUE;
|
510 |
|
|
|
511 |
|
|
if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_USES)
|
512 |
|
|
continue;
|
513 |
|
|
|
514 |
|
|
/* Get the section contents. */
|
515 |
|
|
if (contents == NULL)
|
516 |
|
|
{
|
517 |
|
|
if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
|
518 |
|
|
contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents;
|
519 |
|
|
else
|
520 |
|
|
{
|
521 |
|
|
if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, sec, &contents))
|
522 |
|
|
goto error_return;
|
523 |
|
|
}
|
524 |
|
|
}
|
525 |
|
|
|
526 |
|
|
/* The r_addend field of the R_SH_USES reloc will point us to
|
527 |
|
|
the register load. The 4 is because the r_addend field is
|
528 |
|
|
computed as though it were a jump offset, which are based
|
529 |
|
|
from 4 bytes after the jump instruction. */
|
530 |
|
|
laddr = irel->r_offset + 4 + irel->r_addend;
|
531 |
|
|
if (laddr >= sec->size)
|
532 |
|
|
{
|
533 |
|
|
(*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: 0x%lx: warning: bad R_SH_USES offset"),
|
534 |
|
|
abfd,
|
535 |
|
|
(unsigned long) irel->r_offset);
|
536 |
|
|
continue;
|
537 |
|
|
}
|
538 |
|
|
insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, contents + laddr);
|
539 |
|
|
|
540 |
|
|
/* If the instruction is not mov.l NN,rN, we don't know what to
|
541 |
|
|
do. */
|
542 |
|
|
if ((insn & 0xf000) != 0xd000)
|
543 |
|
|
{
|
544 |
|
|
((*_bfd_error_handler)
|
545 |
|
|
(_("%B: 0x%lx: warning: R_SH_USES points to unrecognized insn 0x%x"),
|
546 |
|
|
abfd, (unsigned long) irel->r_offset, insn));
|
547 |
|
|
continue;
|
548 |
|
|
}
|
549 |
|
|
|
550 |
|
|
/* Get the address from which the register is being loaded. The
|
551 |
|
|
displacement in the mov.l instruction is quadrupled. It is a
|
552 |
|
|
displacement from four bytes after the movl instruction, but,
|
553 |
|
|
before adding in the PC address, two least significant bits
|
554 |
|
|
of the PC are cleared. We assume that the section is aligned
|
555 |
|
|
on a four byte boundary. */
|
556 |
|
|
paddr = insn & 0xff;
|
557 |
|
|
paddr *= 4;
|
558 |
|
|
paddr += (laddr + 4) &~ (bfd_vma) 3;
|
559 |
|
|
if (paddr >= sec->size)
|
560 |
|
|
{
|
561 |
|
|
((*_bfd_error_handler)
|
562 |
|
|
(_("%B: 0x%lx: warning: bad R_SH_USES load offset"),
|
563 |
|
|
abfd, (unsigned long) irel->r_offset));
|
564 |
|
|
continue;
|
565 |
|
|
}
|
566 |
|
|
|
567 |
|
|
/* Get the reloc for the address from which the register is
|
568 |
|
|
being loaded. This reloc will tell us which function is
|
569 |
|
|
actually being called. */
|
570 |
|
|
for (irelfn = internal_relocs; irelfn < irelend; irelfn++)
|
571 |
|
|
if (irelfn->r_offset == paddr
|
572 |
|
|
&& ELF32_R_TYPE (irelfn->r_info) == (int) R_SH_DIR32)
|
573 |
|
|
break;
|
574 |
|
|
if (irelfn >= irelend)
|
575 |
|
|
{
|
576 |
|
|
((*_bfd_error_handler)
|
577 |
|
|
(_("%B: 0x%lx: warning: could not find expected reloc"),
|
578 |
|
|
abfd, (unsigned long) paddr));
|
579 |
|
|
continue;
|
580 |
|
|
}
|
581 |
|
|
|
582 |
|
|
/* Read this BFD's symbols if we haven't done so already. */
|
583 |
|
|
if (isymbuf == NULL && symtab_hdr->sh_info != 0)
|
584 |
|
|
{
|
585 |
|
|
isymbuf = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
|
586 |
|
|
if (isymbuf == NULL)
|
587 |
|
|
isymbuf = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, symtab_hdr,
|
588 |
|
|
symtab_hdr->sh_info, 0,
|
589 |
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL);
|
590 |
|
|
if (isymbuf == NULL)
|
591 |
|
|
goto error_return;
|
592 |
|
|
}
|
593 |
|
|
|
594 |
|
|
/* Get the value of the symbol referred to by the reloc. */
|
595 |
|
|
if (ELF32_R_SYM (irelfn->r_info) < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
|
596 |
|
|
{
|
597 |
|
|
/* A local symbol. */
|
598 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
|
599 |
|
|
|
600 |
|
|
isym = isymbuf + ELF32_R_SYM (irelfn->r_info);
|
601 |
|
|
if (isym->st_shndx
|
602 |
|
|
!= (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec))
|
603 |
|
|
{
|
604 |
|
|
((*_bfd_error_handler)
|
605 |
|
|
(_("%B: 0x%lx: warning: symbol in unexpected section"),
|
606 |
|
|
abfd, (unsigned long) paddr));
|
607 |
|
|
continue;
|
608 |
|
|
}
|
609 |
|
|
|
610 |
|
|
symval = (isym->st_value
|
611 |
|
|
+ sec->output_section->vma
|
612 |
|
|
+ sec->output_offset);
|
613 |
|
|
}
|
614 |
|
|
else
|
615 |
|
|
{
|
616 |
|
|
unsigned long indx;
|
617 |
|
|
struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
|
618 |
|
|
|
619 |
|
|
indx = ELF32_R_SYM (irelfn->r_info) - symtab_hdr->sh_info;
|
620 |
|
|
h = elf_sym_hashes (abfd)[indx];
|
621 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL);
|
622 |
|
|
if (h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defined
|
623 |
|
|
&& h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defweak)
|
624 |
|
|
{
|
625 |
|
|
/* This appears to be a reference to an undefined
|
626 |
|
|
symbol. Just ignore it--it will be caught by the
|
627 |
|
|
regular reloc processing. */
|
628 |
|
|
continue;
|
629 |
|
|
}
|
630 |
|
|
|
631 |
|
|
symval = (h->root.u.def.value
|
632 |
|
|
+ h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
|
633 |
|
|
+ h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
|
634 |
|
|
}
|
635 |
|
|
|
636 |
|
|
if (get_howto_table (abfd)[R_SH_DIR32].partial_inplace)
|
637 |
|
|
symval += bfd_get_32 (abfd, contents + paddr);
|
638 |
|
|
else
|
639 |
|
|
symval += irelfn->r_addend;
|
640 |
|
|
|
641 |
|
|
/* See if this function call can be shortened. */
|
642 |
|
|
foff = (symval
|
643 |
|
|
- (irel->r_offset
|
644 |
|
|
+ sec->output_section->vma
|
645 |
|
|
+ sec->output_offset
|
646 |
|
|
+ 4));
|
647 |
|
|
/* A branch to an address beyond ours might be increased by an
|
648 |
|
|
.align that doesn't move when bytes behind us are deleted.
|
649 |
|
|
So, we add some slop in this calculation to allow for
|
650 |
|
|
that. */
|
651 |
|
|
if (foff < -0x1000 || foff >= 0x1000 - 8)
|
652 |
|
|
{
|
653 |
|
|
/* After all that work, we can't shorten this function call. */
|
654 |
|
|
continue;
|
655 |
|
|
}
|
656 |
|
|
|
657 |
|
|
/* Shorten the function call. */
|
658 |
|
|
|
659 |
|
|
/* For simplicity of coding, we are going to modify the section
|
660 |
|
|
contents, the section relocs, and the BFD symbol table. We
|
661 |
|
|
must tell the rest of the code not to free up this
|
662 |
|
|
information. It would be possible to instead create a table
|
663 |
|
|
of changes which have to be made, as is done in coff-mips.c;
|
664 |
|
|
that would be more work, but would require less memory when
|
665 |
|
|
the linker is run. */
|
666 |
|
|
|
667 |
|
|
elf_section_data (sec)->relocs = internal_relocs;
|
668 |
|
|
elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = contents;
|
669 |
|
|
symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) isymbuf;
|
670 |
|
|
|
671 |
|
|
/* Replace the jsr with a bsr. */
|
672 |
|
|
|
673 |
|
|
/* Change the R_SH_USES reloc into an R_SH_IND12W reloc, and
|
674 |
|
|
replace the jsr with a bsr. */
|
675 |
|
|
irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (ELF32_R_SYM (irelfn->r_info), R_SH_IND12W);
|
676 |
|
|
/* We used to test (ELF32_R_SYM (irelfn->r_info) < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
|
677 |
|
|
here, but that only checks if the symbol is an external symbol,
|
678 |
|
|
not if the symbol is in a different section. Besides, we need
|
679 |
|
|
a consistent meaning for the relocation, so we just assume here that
|
680 |
|
|
the value of the symbol is not available. */
|
681 |
|
|
|
682 |
|
|
/* We can't fully resolve this yet, because the external
|
683 |
|
|
symbol value may be changed by future relaxing. We let
|
684 |
|
|
the final link phase handle it. */
|
685 |
|
|
bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) 0xb000, contents + irel->r_offset);
|
686 |
|
|
|
687 |
|
|
irel->r_addend = -4;
|
688 |
|
|
|
689 |
|
|
/* When we calculated the symbol "value" we had an offset in the
|
690 |
|
|
DIR32's word in memory (we read and add it above). However,
|
691 |
|
|
the jsr we create does NOT have this offset encoded, so we
|
692 |
|
|
have to add it to the addend to preserve it. */
|
693 |
|
|
irel->r_addend += bfd_get_32 (abfd, contents + paddr);
|
694 |
|
|
|
695 |
|
|
/* See if there is another R_SH_USES reloc referring to the same
|
696 |
|
|
register load. */
|
697 |
|
|
for (irelscan = internal_relocs; irelscan < irelend; irelscan++)
|
698 |
|
|
if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irelscan->r_info) == (int) R_SH_USES
|
699 |
|
|
&& laddr == irelscan->r_offset + 4 + irelscan->r_addend)
|
700 |
|
|
break;
|
701 |
|
|
if (irelscan < irelend)
|
702 |
|
|
{
|
703 |
|
|
/* Some other function call depends upon this register load,
|
704 |
|
|
and we have not yet converted that function call.
|
705 |
|
|
Indeed, we may never be able to convert it. There is
|
706 |
|
|
nothing else we can do at this point. */
|
707 |
|
|
continue;
|
708 |
|
|
}
|
709 |
|
|
|
710 |
|
|
/* Look for a R_SH_COUNT reloc on the location where the
|
711 |
|
|
function address is stored. Do this before deleting any
|
712 |
|
|
bytes, to avoid confusion about the address. */
|
713 |
|
|
for (irelcount = internal_relocs; irelcount < irelend; irelcount++)
|
714 |
|
|
if (irelcount->r_offset == paddr
|
715 |
|
|
&& ELF32_R_TYPE (irelcount->r_info) == (int) R_SH_COUNT)
|
716 |
|
|
break;
|
717 |
|
|
|
718 |
|
|
/* Delete the register load. */
|
719 |
|
|
if (! sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes (abfd, sec, laddr, 2))
|
720 |
|
|
goto error_return;
|
721 |
|
|
|
722 |
|
|
/* That will change things, so, just in case it permits some
|
723 |
|
|
other function call to come within range, we should relax
|
724 |
|
|
again. Note that this is not required, and it may be slow. */
|
725 |
|
|
*again = TRUE;
|
726 |
|
|
|
727 |
|
|
/* Now check whether we got a COUNT reloc. */
|
728 |
|
|
if (irelcount >= irelend)
|
729 |
|
|
{
|
730 |
|
|
((*_bfd_error_handler)
|
731 |
|
|
(_("%B: 0x%lx: warning: could not find expected COUNT reloc"),
|
732 |
|
|
abfd, (unsigned long) paddr));
|
733 |
|
|
continue;
|
734 |
|
|
}
|
735 |
|
|
|
736 |
|
|
/* The number of uses is stored in the r_addend field. We've
|
737 |
|
|
just deleted one. */
|
738 |
|
|
if (irelcount->r_addend == 0)
|
739 |
|
|
{
|
740 |
|
|
((*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: 0x%lx: warning: bad count"),
|
741 |
|
|
abfd,
|
742 |
|
|
(unsigned long) paddr));
|
743 |
|
|
continue;
|
744 |
|
|
}
|
745 |
|
|
|
746 |
|
|
--irelcount->r_addend;
|
747 |
|
|
|
748 |
|
|
/* If there are no more uses, we can delete the address. Reload
|
749 |
|
|
the address from irelfn, in case it was changed by the
|
750 |
|
|
previous call to sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes. */
|
751 |
|
|
if (irelcount->r_addend == 0)
|
752 |
|
|
{
|
753 |
|
|
if (! sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes (abfd, sec, irelfn->r_offset, 4))
|
754 |
|
|
goto error_return;
|
755 |
|
|
}
|
756 |
|
|
|
757 |
|
|
/* We've done all we can with that function call. */
|
758 |
|
|
}
|
759 |
|
|
|
760 |
|
|
/* Look for load and store instructions that we can align on four
|
761 |
|
|
byte boundaries. */
|
762 |
|
|
if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_SH_MACH_MASK) != EF_SH4
|
763 |
|
|
&& have_code)
|
764 |
|
|
{
|
765 |
|
|
bfd_boolean swapped;
|
766 |
|
|
|
767 |
|
|
/* Get the section contents. */
|
768 |
|
|
if (contents == NULL)
|
769 |
|
|
{
|
770 |
|
|
if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
|
771 |
|
|
contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents;
|
772 |
|
|
else
|
773 |
|
|
{
|
774 |
|
|
if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, sec, &contents))
|
775 |
|
|
goto error_return;
|
776 |
|
|
}
|
777 |
|
|
}
|
778 |
|
|
|
779 |
|
|
if (! sh_elf_align_loads (abfd, sec, internal_relocs, contents,
|
780 |
|
|
&swapped))
|
781 |
|
|
goto error_return;
|
782 |
|
|
|
783 |
|
|
if (swapped)
|
784 |
|
|
{
|
785 |
|
|
elf_section_data (sec)->relocs = internal_relocs;
|
786 |
|
|
elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = contents;
|
787 |
|
|
symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) isymbuf;
|
788 |
|
|
}
|
789 |
|
|
}
|
790 |
|
|
|
791 |
|
|
if (isymbuf != NULL
|
792 |
|
|
&& symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
|
793 |
|
|
{
|
794 |
|
|
if (! link_info->keep_memory)
|
795 |
|
|
free (isymbuf);
|
796 |
|
|
else
|
797 |
|
|
{
|
798 |
|
|
/* Cache the symbols for elf_link_input_bfd. */
|
799 |
|
|
symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) isymbuf;
|
800 |
|
|
}
|
801 |
|
|
}
|
802 |
|
|
|
803 |
|
|
if (contents != NULL
|
804 |
|
|
&& elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
|
805 |
|
|
{
|
806 |
|
|
if (! link_info->keep_memory)
|
807 |
|
|
free (contents);
|
808 |
|
|
else
|
809 |
|
|
{
|
810 |
|
|
/* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */
|
811 |
|
|
elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = contents;
|
812 |
|
|
}
|
813 |
|
|
}
|
814 |
|
|
|
815 |
|
|
if (internal_relocs != NULL
|
816 |
|
|
&& elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != internal_relocs)
|
817 |
|
|
free (internal_relocs);
|
818 |
|
|
|
819 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
820 |
|
|
|
821 |
|
|
error_return:
|
822 |
|
|
if (isymbuf != NULL
|
823 |
|
|
&& symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
|
824 |
|
|
free (isymbuf);
|
825 |
|
|
if (contents != NULL
|
826 |
|
|
&& elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
|
827 |
|
|
free (contents);
|
828 |
|
|
if (internal_relocs != NULL
|
829 |
|
|
&& elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != internal_relocs)
|
830 |
|
|
free (internal_relocs);
|
831 |
|
|
|
832 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
833 |
|
|
}
|
834 |
|
|
|
835 |
|
|
/* Delete some bytes from a section while relaxing. FIXME: There is a
|
836 |
|
|
lot of duplication between this function and sh_relax_delete_bytes
|
837 |
|
|
in coff-sh.c. */
|
838 |
|
|
|
839 |
|
|
static bfd_boolean
|
840 |
|
|
sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, bfd_vma addr,
|
841 |
|
|
int count)
|
842 |
|
|
{
|
843 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
|
844 |
|
|
unsigned int sec_shndx;
|
845 |
|
|
bfd_byte *contents;
|
846 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
|
847 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Rela *irelalign;
|
848 |
|
|
bfd_vma toaddr;
|
849 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf, *isym, *isymend;
|
850 |
|
|
struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
|
851 |
|
|
struct elf_link_hash_entry **end_hashes;
|
852 |
|
|
unsigned int symcount;
|
853 |
|
|
asection *o;
|
854 |
|
|
|
855 |
|
|
symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd);
|
856 |
|
|
isymbuf = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
|
857 |
|
|
|
858 |
|
|
sec_shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec);
|
859 |
|
|
|
860 |
|
|
contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents;
|
861 |
|
|
|
862 |
|
|
/* The deletion must stop at the next ALIGN reloc for an aligment
|
863 |
|
|
power larger than the number of bytes we are deleting. */
|
864 |
|
|
|
865 |
|
|
irelalign = NULL;
|
866 |
|
|
toaddr = sec->size;
|
867 |
|
|
|
868 |
|
|
irel = elf_section_data (sec)->relocs;
|
869 |
|
|
irelend = irel + sec->reloc_count;
|
870 |
|
|
for (; irel < irelend; irel++)
|
871 |
|
|
{
|
872 |
|
|
if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_ALIGN
|
873 |
|
|
&& irel->r_offset > addr
|
874 |
|
|
&& count < (1 << irel->r_addend))
|
875 |
|
|
{
|
876 |
|
|
irelalign = irel;
|
877 |
|
|
toaddr = irel->r_offset;
|
878 |
|
|
break;
|
879 |
|
|
}
|
880 |
|
|
}
|
881 |
|
|
|
882 |
|
|
/* Actually delete the bytes. */
|
883 |
|
|
memmove (contents + addr, contents + addr + count,
|
884 |
|
|
(size_t) (toaddr - addr - count));
|
885 |
|
|
if (irelalign == NULL)
|
886 |
|
|
sec->size -= count;
|
887 |
|
|
else
|
888 |
|
|
{
|
889 |
|
|
int i;
|
890 |
|
|
|
891 |
|
|
#define NOP_OPCODE (0x0009)
|
892 |
|
|
|
893 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT ((count & 1) == 0);
|
894 |
|
|
for (i = 0; i < count; i += 2)
|
895 |
|
|
bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) NOP_OPCODE, contents + toaddr - count + i);
|
896 |
|
|
}
|
897 |
|
|
|
898 |
|
|
/* Adjust all the relocs. */
|
899 |
|
|
for (irel = elf_section_data (sec)->relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
|
900 |
|
|
{
|
901 |
|
|
bfd_vma nraddr, stop;
|
902 |
|
|
bfd_vma start = 0;
|
903 |
|
|
int insn = 0;
|
904 |
|
|
int off, adjust, oinsn;
|
905 |
|
|
bfd_signed_vma voff = 0;
|
906 |
|
|
bfd_boolean overflow;
|
907 |
|
|
|
908 |
|
|
/* Get the new reloc address. */
|
909 |
|
|
nraddr = irel->r_offset;
|
910 |
|
|
if ((irel->r_offset > addr
|
911 |
|
|
&& irel->r_offset < toaddr)
|
912 |
|
|
|| (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_ALIGN
|
913 |
|
|
&& irel->r_offset == toaddr))
|
914 |
|
|
nraddr -= count;
|
915 |
|
|
|
916 |
|
|
/* See if this reloc was for the bytes we have deleted, in which
|
917 |
|
|
case we no longer care about it. Don't delete relocs which
|
918 |
|
|
represent addresses, though. */
|
919 |
|
|
if (irel->r_offset >= addr
|
920 |
|
|
&& irel->r_offset < addr + count
|
921 |
|
|
&& ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_ALIGN
|
922 |
|
|
&& ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_CODE
|
923 |
|
|
&& ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_DATA
|
924 |
|
|
&& ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_LABEL)
|
925 |
|
|
irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info),
|
926 |
|
|
(int) R_SH_NONE);
|
927 |
|
|
|
928 |
|
|
/* If this is a PC relative reloc, see if the range it covers
|
929 |
|
|
includes the bytes we have deleted. */
|
930 |
|
|
switch ((enum elf_sh_reloc_type) ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info))
|
931 |
|
|
{
|
932 |
|
|
default:
|
933 |
|
|
break;
|
934 |
|
|
|
935 |
|
|
case R_SH_DIR8WPN:
|
936 |
|
|
case R_SH_IND12W:
|
937 |
|
|
case R_SH_DIR8WPZ:
|
938 |
|
|
case R_SH_DIR8WPL:
|
939 |
|
|
start = irel->r_offset;
|
940 |
|
|
insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, contents + nraddr);
|
941 |
|
|
break;
|
942 |
|
|
}
|
943 |
|
|
|
944 |
|
|
switch ((enum elf_sh_reloc_type) ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info))
|
945 |
|
|
{
|
946 |
|
|
default:
|
947 |
|
|
start = stop = addr;
|
948 |
|
|
break;
|
949 |
|
|
|
950 |
|
|
case R_SH_DIR32:
|
951 |
|
|
/* If this reloc is against a symbol defined in this
|
952 |
|
|
section, and the symbol will not be adjusted below, we
|
953 |
|
|
must check the addend to see it will put the value in
|
954 |
|
|
range to be adjusted, and hence must be changed. */
|
955 |
|
|
if (ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info) < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
|
956 |
|
|
{
|
957 |
|
|
isym = isymbuf + ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info);
|
958 |
|
|
if (isym->st_shndx == sec_shndx
|
959 |
|
|
&& (isym->st_value <= addr
|
960 |
|
|
|| isym->st_value >= toaddr))
|
961 |
|
|
{
|
962 |
|
|
bfd_vma val;
|
963 |
|
|
|
964 |
|
|
if (get_howto_table (abfd)[R_SH_DIR32].partial_inplace)
|
965 |
|
|
{
|
966 |
|
|
val = bfd_get_32 (abfd, contents + nraddr);
|
967 |
|
|
val += isym->st_value;
|
968 |
|
|
if (val > addr && val < toaddr)
|
969 |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (abfd, val - count, contents + nraddr);
|
970 |
|
|
}
|
971 |
|
|
else
|
972 |
|
|
{
|
973 |
|
|
val = isym->st_value + irel->r_addend;
|
974 |
|
|
if (val > addr && val < toaddr)
|
975 |
|
|
irel->r_addend -= count;
|
976 |
|
|
}
|
977 |
|
|
}
|
978 |
|
|
}
|
979 |
|
|
start = stop = addr;
|
980 |
|
|
break;
|
981 |
|
|
|
982 |
|
|
case R_SH_DIR8WPN:
|
983 |
|
|
off = insn & 0xff;
|
984 |
|
|
if (off & 0x80)
|
985 |
|
|
off -= 0x100;
|
986 |
|
|
stop = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) start + 4 + off * 2);
|
987 |
|
|
break;
|
988 |
|
|
|
989 |
|
|
case R_SH_IND12W:
|
990 |
|
|
off = insn & 0xfff;
|
991 |
|
|
if (! off)
|
992 |
|
|
{
|
993 |
|
|
/* This has been made by previous relaxation. Since the
|
994 |
|
|
relocation will be against an external symbol, the
|
995 |
|
|
final relocation will just do the right thing. */
|
996 |
|
|
start = stop = addr;
|
997 |
|
|
}
|
998 |
|
|
else
|
999 |
|
|
{
|
1000 |
|
|
if (off & 0x800)
|
1001 |
|
|
off -= 0x1000;
|
1002 |
|
|
stop = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) start + 4 + off * 2);
|
1003 |
|
|
|
1004 |
|
|
/* The addend will be against the section symbol, thus
|
1005 |
|
|
for adjusting the addend, the relevant start is the
|
1006 |
|
|
start of the section.
|
1007 |
|
|
N.B. If we want to abandon in-place changes here and
|
1008 |
|
|
test directly using symbol + addend, we have to take into
|
1009 |
|
|
account that the addend has already been adjusted by -4. */
|
1010 |
|
|
if (stop > addr && stop < toaddr)
|
1011 |
|
|
irel->r_addend -= count;
|
1012 |
|
|
}
|
1013 |
|
|
break;
|
1014 |
|
|
|
1015 |
|
|
case R_SH_DIR8WPZ:
|
1016 |
|
|
off = insn & 0xff;
|
1017 |
|
|
stop = start + 4 + off * 2;
|
1018 |
|
|
break;
|
1019 |
|
|
|
1020 |
|
|
case R_SH_DIR8WPL:
|
1021 |
|
|
off = insn & 0xff;
|
1022 |
|
|
stop = (start & ~(bfd_vma) 3) + 4 + off * 4;
|
1023 |
|
|
break;
|
1024 |
|
|
|
1025 |
|
|
case R_SH_SWITCH8:
|
1026 |
|
|
case R_SH_SWITCH16:
|
1027 |
|
|
case R_SH_SWITCH32:
|
1028 |
|
|
/* These relocs types represent
|
1029 |
|
|
.word L2-L1
|
1030 |
|
|
The r_addend field holds the difference between the reloc
|
1031 |
|
|
address and L1. That is the start of the reloc, and
|
1032 |
|
|
adding in the contents gives us the top. We must adjust
|
1033 |
|
|
both the r_offset field and the section contents.
|
1034 |
|
|
N.B. in gas / coff bfd, the elf bfd r_addend is called r_offset,
|
1035 |
|
|
and the elf bfd r_offset is called r_vaddr. */
|
1036 |
|
|
|
1037 |
|
|
stop = irel->r_offset;
|
1038 |
|
|
start = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) stop - (long) irel->r_addend);
|
1039 |
|
|
|
1040 |
|
|
if (start > addr
|
1041 |
|
|
&& start < toaddr
|
1042 |
|
|
&& (stop <= addr || stop >= toaddr))
|
1043 |
|
|
irel->r_addend += count;
|
1044 |
|
|
else if (stop > addr
|
1045 |
|
|
&& stop < toaddr
|
1046 |
|
|
&& (start <= addr || start >= toaddr))
|
1047 |
|
|
irel->r_addend -= count;
|
1048 |
|
|
|
1049 |
|
|
if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_SWITCH16)
|
1050 |
|
|
voff = bfd_get_signed_16 (abfd, contents + nraddr);
|
1051 |
|
|
else if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_SWITCH8)
|
1052 |
|
|
voff = bfd_get_8 (abfd, contents + nraddr);
|
1053 |
|
|
else
|
1054 |
|
|
voff = bfd_get_signed_32 (abfd, contents + nraddr);
|
1055 |
|
|
stop = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) start + voff);
|
1056 |
|
|
|
1057 |
|
|
break;
|
1058 |
|
|
|
1059 |
|
|
case R_SH_USES:
|
1060 |
|
|
start = irel->r_offset;
|
1061 |
|
|
stop = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) start
|
1062 |
|
|
+ (long) irel->r_addend
|
1063 |
|
|
+ 4);
|
1064 |
|
|
break;
|
1065 |
|
|
}
|
1066 |
|
|
|
1067 |
|
|
if (start > addr
|
1068 |
|
|
&& start < toaddr
|
1069 |
|
|
&& (stop <= addr || stop >= toaddr))
|
1070 |
|
|
adjust = count;
|
1071 |
|
|
else if (stop > addr
|
1072 |
|
|
&& stop < toaddr
|
1073 |
|
|
&& (start <= addr || start >= toaddr))
|
1074 |
|
|
adjust = - count;
|
1075 |
|
|
else
|
1076 |
|
|
adjust = 0;
|
1077 |
|
|
|
1078 |
|
|
if (adjust != 0)
|
1079 |
|
|
{
|
1080 |
|
|
oinsn = insn;
|
1081 |
|
|
overflow = FALSE;
|
1082 |
|
|
switch ((enum elf_sh_reloc_type) ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info))
|
1083 |
|
|
{
|
1084 |
|
|
default:
|
1085 |
|
|
abort ();
|
1086 |
|
|
break;
|
1087 |
|
|
|
1088 |
|
|
case R_SH_DIR8WPN:
|
1089 |
|
|
case R_SH_DIR8WPZ:
|
1090 |
|
|
insn += adjust / 2;
|
1091 |
|
|
if ((oinsn & 0xff00) != (insn & 0xff00))
|
1092 |
|
|
overflow = TRUE;
|
1093 |
|
|
bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, contents + nraddr);
|
1094 |
|
|
break;
|
1095 |
|
|
|
1096 |
|
|
case R_SH_IND12W:
|
1097 |
|
|
insn += adjust / 2;
|
1098 |
|
|
if ((oinsn & 0xf000) != (insn & 0xf000))
|
1099 |
|
|
overflow = TRUE;
|
1100 |
|
|
bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, contents + nraddr);
|
1101 |
|
|
break;
|
1102 |
|
|
|
1103 |
|
|
case R_SH_DIR8WPL:
|
1104 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (adjust == count || count >= 4);
|
1105 |
|
|
if (count >= 4)
|
1106 |
|
|
insn += adjust / 4;
|
1107 |
|
|
else
|
1108 |
|
|
{
|
1109 |
|
|
if ((irel->r_offset & 3) == 0)
|
1110 |
|
|
++insn;
|
1111 |
|
|
}
|
1112 |
|
|
if ((oinsn & 0xff00) != (insn & 0xff00))
|
1113 |
|
|
overflow = TRUE;
|
1114 |
|
|
bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, contents + nraddr);
|
1115 |
|
|
break;
|
1116 |
|
|
|
1117 |
|
|
case R_SH_SWITCH8:
|
1118 |
|
|
voff += adjust;
|
1119 |
|
|
if (voff < 0 || voff >= 0xff)
|
1120 |
|
|
overflow = TRUE;
|
1121 |
|
|
bfd_put_8 (abfd, voff, contents + nraddr);
|
1122 |
|
|
break;
|
1123 |
|
|
|
1124 |
|
|
case R_SH_SWITCH16:
|
1125 |
|
|
voff += adjust;
|
1126 |
|
|
if (voff < - 0x8000 || voff >= 0x8000)
|
1127 |
|
|
overflow = TRUE;
|
1128 |
|
|
bfd_put_signed_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) voff, contents + nraddr);
|
1129 |
|
|
break;
|
1130 |
|
|
|
1131 |
|
|
case R_SH_SWITCH32:
|
1132 |
|
|
voff += adjust;
|
1133 |
|
|
bfd_put_signed_32 (abfd, (bfd_vma) voff, contents + nraddr);
|
1134 |
|
|
break;
|
1135 |
|
|
|
1136 |
|
|
case R_SH_USES:
|
1137 |
|
|
irel->r_addend += adjust;
|
1138 |
|
|
break;
|
1139 |
|
|
}
|
1140 |
|
|
|
1141 |
|
|
if (overflow)
|
1142 |
|
|
{
|
1143 |
|
|
((*_bfd_error_handler)
|
1144 |
|
|
(_("%B: 0x%lx: fatal: reloc overflow while relaxing"),
|
1145 |
|
|
abfd, (unsigned long) irel->r_offset));
|
1146 |
|
|
bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
|
1147 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
1148 |
|
|
}
|
1149 |
|
|
}
|
1150 |
|
|
|
1151 |
|
|
irel->r_offset = nraddr;
|
1152 |
|
|
}
|
1153 |
|
|
|
1154 |
|
|
/* Look through all the other sections. If there contain any IMM32
|
1155 |
|
|
relocs against internal symbols which we are not going to adjust
|
1156 |
|
|
below, we may need to adjust the addends. */
|
1157 |
|
|
for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
|
1158 |
|
|
{
|
1159 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs;
|
1160 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Rela *irelscan, *irelscanend;
|
1161 |
|
|
bfd_byte *ocontents;
|
1162 |
|
|
|
1163 |
|
|
if (o == sec
|
1164 |
|
|
|| (o->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0
|
1165 |
|
|
|| o->reloc_count == 0)
|
1166 |
|
|
continue;
|
1167 |
|
|
|
1168 |
|
|
/* We always cache the relocs. Perhaps, if info->keep_memory is
|
1169 |
|
|
FALSE, we should free them, if we are permitted to, when we
|
1170 |
|
|
leave sh_coff_relax_section. */
|
1171 |
|
|
internal_relocs = (_bfd_elf_link_read_relocs
|
1172 |
|
|
(abfd, o, NULL, (Elf_Internal_Rela *) NULL, TRUE));
|
1173 |
|
|
if (internal_relocs == NULL)
|
1174 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
1175 |
|
|
|
1176 |
|
|
ocontents = NULL;
|
1177 |
|
|
irelscanend = internal_relocs + o->reloc_count;
|
1178 |
|
|
for (irelscan = internal_relocs; irelscan < irelscanend; irelscan++)
|
1179 |
|
|
{
|
1180 |
|
|
/* Dwarf line numbers use R_SH_SWITCH32 relocs. */
|
1181 |
|
|
if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irelscan->r_info) == (int) R_SH_SWITCH32)
|
1182 |
|
|
{
|
1183 |
|
|
bfd_vma start, stop;
|
1184 |
|
|
bfd_signed_vma voff;
|
1185 |
|
|
|
1186 |
|
|
if (ocontents == NULL)
|
1187 |
|
|
{
|
1188 |
|
|
if (elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
|
1189 |
|
|
ocontents = elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents;
|
1190 |
|
|
else
|
1191 |
|
|
{
|
1192 |
|
|
/* We always cache the section contents.
|
1193 |
|
|
Perhaps, if info->keep_memory is FALSE, we
|
1194 |
|
|
should free them, if we are permitted to,
|
1195 |
|
|
when we leave sh_coff_relax_section. */
|
1196 |
|
|
if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, o, &ocontents))
|
1197 |
|
|
{
|
1198 |
|
|
if (ocontents != NULL)
|
1199 |
|
|
free (ocontents);
|
1200 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
1201 |
|
|
}
|
1202 |
|
|
|
1203 |
|
|
elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents = ocontents;
|
1204 |
|
|
}
|
1205 |
|
|
}
|
1206 |
|
|
|
1207 |
|
|
stop = irelscan->r_offset;
|
1208 |
|
|
start
|
1209 |
|
|
= (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) stop - (long) irelscan->r_addend);
|
1210 |
|
|
|
1211 |
|
|
/* STOP is in a different section, so it won't change. */
|
1212 |
|
|
if (start > addr && start < toaddr)
|
1213 |
|
|
irelscan->r_addend += count;
|
1214 |
|
|
|
1215 |
|
|
voff = bfd_get_signed_32 (abfd, ocontents + irelscan->r_offset);
|
1216 |
|
|
stop = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) start + voff);
|
1217 |
|
|
|
1218 |
|
|
if (start > addr
|
1219 |
|
|
&& start < toaddr
|
1220 |
|
|
&& (stop <= addr || stop >= toaddr))
|
1221 |
|
|
bfd_put_signed_32 (abfd, (bfd_vma) voff + count,
|
1222 |
|
|
ocontents + irelscan->r_offset);
|
1223 |
|
|
else if (stop > addr
|
1224 |
|
|
&& stop < toaddr
|
1225 |
|
|
&& (start <= addr || start >= toaddr))
|
1226 |
|
|
bfd_put_signed_32 (abfd, (bfd_vma) voff - count,
|
1227 |
|
|
ocontents + irelscan->r_offset);
|
1228 |
|
|
}
|
1229 |
|
|
|
1230 |
|
|
if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irelscan->r_info) != (int) R_SH_DIR32)
|
1231 |
|
|
continue;
|
1232 |
|
|
|
1233 |
|
|
if (ELF32_R_SYM (irelscan->r_info) >= symtab_hdr->sh_info)
|
1234 |
|
|
continue;
|
1235 |
|
|
|
1236 |
|
|
|
1237 |
|
|
isym = isymbuf + ELF32_R_SYM (irelscan->r_info);
|
1238 |
|
|
if (isym->st_shndx == sec_shndx
|
1239 |
|
|
&& (isym->st_value <= addr
|
1240 |
|
|
|| isym->st_value >= toaddr))
|
1241 |
|
|
{
|
1242 |
|
|
bfd_vma val;
|
1243 |
|
|
|
1244 |
|
|
if (ocontents == NULL)
|
1245 |
|
|
{
|
1246 |
|
|
if (elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
|
1247 |
|
|
ocontents = elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents;
|
1248 |
|
|
else
|
1249 |
|
|
{
|
1250 |
|
|
/* We always cache the section contents.
|
1251 |
|
|
Perhaps, if info->keep_memory is FALSE, we
|
1252 |
|
|
should free them, if we are permitted to,
|
1253 |
|
|
when we leave sh_coff_relax_section. */
|
1254 |
|
|
if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, o, &ocontents))
|
1255 |
|
|
{
|
1256 |
|
|
if (ocontents != NULL)
|
1257 |
|
|
free (ocontents);
|
1258 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
1259 |
|
|
}
|
1260 |
|
|
|
1261 |
|
|
elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents = ocontents;
|
1262 |
|
|
}
|
1263 |
|
|
}
|
1264 |
|
|
|
1265 |
|
|
val = bfd_get_32 (abfd, ocontents + irelscan->r_offset);
|
1266 |
|
|
val += isym->st_value;
|
1267 |
|
|
if (val > addr && val < toaddr)
|
1268 |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (abfd, val - count,
|
1269 |
|
|
ocontents + irelscan->r_offset);
|
1270 |
|
|
}
|
1271 |
|
|
}
|
1272 |
|
|
}
|
1273 |
|
|
|
1274 |
|
|
/* Adjust the local symbols defined in this section. */
|
1275 |
|
|
isymend = isymbuf + symtab_hdr->sh_info;
|
1276 |
|
|
for (isym = isymbuf; isym < isymend; isym++)
|
1277 |
|
|
{
|
1278 |
|
|
if (isym->st_shndx == sec_shndx
|
1279 |
|
|
&& isym->st_value > addr
|
1280 |
|
|
&& isym->st_value < toaddr)
|
1281 |
|
|
isym->st_value -= count;
|
1282 |
|
|
}
|
1283 |
|
|
|
1284 |
|
|
/* Now adjust the global symbols defined in this section. */
|
1285 |
|
|
symcount = (symtab_hdr->sh_size / sizeof (Elf32_External_Sym)
|
1286 |
|
|
- symtab_hdr->sh_info);
|
1287 |
|
|
sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
|
1288 |
|
|
end_hashes = sym_hashes + symcount;
|
1289 |
|
|
for (; sym_hashes < end_hashes; sym_hashes++)
|
1290 |
|
|
{
|
1291 |
|
|
struct elf_link_hash_entry *sym_hash = *sym_hashes;
|
1292 |
|
|
if ((sym_hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
|
1293 |
|
|
|| sym_hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
|
1294 |
|
|
&& sym_hash->root.u.def.section == sec
|
1295 |
|
|
&& sym_hash->root.u.def.value > addr
|
1296 |
|
|
&& sym_hash->root.u.def.value < toaddr)
|
1297 |
|
|
{
|
1298 |
|
|
sym_hash->root.u.def.value -= count;
|
1299 |
|
|
}
|
1300 |
|
|
}
|
1301 |
|
|
|
1302 |
|
|
/* See if we can move the ALIGN reloc forward. We have adjusted
|
1303 |
|
|
r_offset for it already. */
|
1304 |
|
|
if (irelalign != NULL)
|
1305 |
|
|
{
|
1306 |
|
|
bfd_vma alignto, alignaddr;
|
1307 |
|
|
|
1308 |
|
|
alignto = BFD_ALIGN (toaddr, 1 << irelalign->r_addend);
|
1309 |
|
|
alignaddr = BFD_ALIGN (irelalign->r_offset,
|
1310 |
|
|
1 << irelalign->r_addend);
|
1311 |
|
|
if (alignto != alignaddr)
|
1312 |
|
|
{
|
1313 |
|
|
/* Tail recursion. */
|
1314 |
|
|
return sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes (abfd, sec, alignaddr,
|
1315 |
|
|
(int) (alignto - alignaddr));
|
1316 |
|
|
}
|
1317 |
|
|
}
|
1318 |
|
|
|
1319 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
1320 |
|
|
}
|
1321 |
|
|
|
1322 |
|
|
/* Look for loads and stores which we can align to four byte
|
1323 |
|
|
boundaries. This is like sh_align_loads in coff-sh.c. */
|
1324 |
|
|
|
1325 |
|
|
static bfd_boolean
|
1326 |
|
|
sh_elf_align_loads (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *sec,
|
1327 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs,
|
1328 |
|
|
bfd_byte *contents ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
1329 |
|
|
bfd_boolean *pswapped)
|
1330 |
|
|
{
|
1331 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
|
1332 |
|
|
bfd_vma *labels = NULL;
|
1333 |
|
|
bfd_vma *label, *label_end;
|
1334 |
|
|
bfd_size_type amt;
|
1335 |
|
|
|
1336 |
|
|
*pswapped = FALSE;
|
1337 |
|
|
|
1338 |
|
|
irelend = internal_relocs + sec->reloc_count;
|
1339 |
|
|
|
1340 |
|
|
/* Get all the addresses with labels on them. */
|
1341 |
|
|
amt = sec->reloc_count;
|
1342 |
|
|
amt *= sizeof (bfd_vma);
|
1343 |
|
|
labels = (bfd_vma *) bfd_malloc (amt);
|
1344 |
|
|
if (labels == NULL)
|
1345 |
|
|
goto error_return;
|
1346 |
|
|
label_end = labels;
|
1347 |
|
|
for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
|
1348 |
|
|
{
|
1349 |
|
|
if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_LABEL)
|
1350 |
|
|
{
|
1351 |
|
|
*label_end = irel->r_offset;
|
1352 |
|
|
++label_end;
|
1353 |
|
|
}
|
1354 |
|
|
}
|
1355 |
|
|
|
1356 |
|
|
/* Note that the assembler currently always outputs relocs in
|
1357 |
|
|
address order. If that ever changes, this code will need to sort
|
1358 |
|
|
the label values and the relocs. */
|
1359 |
|
|
|
1360 |
|
|
label = labels;
|
1361 |
|
|
|
1362 |
|
|
for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
|
1363 |
|
|
{
|
1364 |
|
|
bfd_vma start, stop;
|
1365 |
|
|
|
1366 |
|
|
if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_CODE)
|
1367 |
|
|
continue;
|
1368 |
|
|
|
1369 |
|
|
start = irel->r_offset;
|
1370 |
|
|
|
1371 |
|
|
for (irel++; irel < irelend; irel++)
|
1372 |
|
|
if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_DATA)
|
1373 |
|
|
break;
|
1374 |
|
|
if (irel < irelend)
|
1375 |
|
|
stop = irel->r_offset;
|
1376 |
|
|
else
|
1377 |
|
|
stop = sec->size;
|
1378 |
|
|
|
1379 |
|
|
if (! _bfd_sh_align_load_span (abfd, sec, contents, sh_elf_swap_insns,
|
1380 |
|
|
internal_relocs, &label,
|
1381 |
|
|
label_end, start, stop, pswapped))
|
1382 |
|
|
goto error_return;
|
1383 |
|
|
}
|
1384 |
|
|
|
1385 |
|
|
free (labels);
|
1386 |
|
|
|
1387 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
1388 |
|
|
|
1389 |
|
|
error_return:
|
1390 |
|
|
if (labels != NULL)
|
1391 |
|
|
free (labels);
|
1392 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
1393 |
|
|
}
|
1394 |
|
|
|
1395 |
|
|
#ifndef SH64_ELF
|
1396 |
|
|
/* Swap two SH instructions. This is like sh_swap_insns in coff-sh.c. */
|
1397 |
|
|
|
1398 |
|
|
static bfd_boolean
|
1399 |
|
|
sh_elf_swap_insns (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, void *relocs,
|
1400 |
|
|
bfd_byte *contents, bfd_vma addr)
|
1401 |
|
|
{
|
1402 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs = (Elf_Internal_Rela *) relocs;
|
1403 |
|
|
unsigned short i1, i2;
|
1404 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
|
1405 |
|
|
|
1406 |
|
|
/* Swap the instructions themselves. */
|
1407 |
|
|
i1 = bfd_get_16 (abfd, contents + addr);
|
1408 |
|
|
i2 = bfd_get_16 (abfd, contents + addr + 2);
|
1409 |
|
|
bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) i2, contents + addr);
|
1410 |
|
|
bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) i1, contents + addr + 2);
|
1411 |
|
|
|
1412 |
|
|
/* Adjust all reloc addresses. */
|
1413 |
|
|
irelend = internal_relocs + sec->reloc_count;
|
1414 |
|
|
for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
|
1415 |
|
|
{
|
1416 |
|
|
enum elf_sh_reloc_type type;
|
1417 |
|
|
int add;
|
1418 |
|
|
|
1419 |
|
|
/* There are a few special types of relocs that we don't want to
|
1420 |
|
|
adjust. These relocs do not apply to the instruction itself,
|
1421 |
|
|
but are only associated with the address. */
|
1422 |
|
|
type = (enum elf_sh_reloc_type) ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info);
|
1423 |
|
|
if (type == R_SH_ALIGN
|
1424 |
|
|
|| type == R_SH_CODE
|
1425 |
|
|
|| type == R_SH_DATA
|
1426 |
|
|
|| type == R_SH_LABEL)
|
1427 |
|
|
continue;
|
1428 |
|
|
|
1429 |
|
|
/* If an R_SH_USES reloc points to one of the addresses being
|
1430 |
|
|
swapped, we must adjust it. It would be incorrect to do this
|
1431 |
|
|
for a jump, though, since we want to execute both
|
1432 |
|
|
instructions after the jump. (We have avoided swapping
|
1433 |
|
|
around a label, so the jump will not wind up executing an
|
1434 |
|
|
instruction it shouldn't). */
|
1435 |
|
|
if (type == R_SH_USES)
|
1436 |
|
|
{
|
1437 |
|
|
bfd_vma off;
|
1438 |
|
|
|
1439 |
|
|
off = irel->r_offset + 4 + irel->r_addend;
|
1440 |
|
|
if (off == addr)
|
1441 |
|
|
irel->r_offset += 2;
|
1442 |
|
|
else if (off == addr + 2)
|
1443 |
|
|
irel->r_offset -= 2;
|
1444 |
|
|
}
|
1445 |
|
|
|
1446 |
|
|
if (irel->r_offset == addr)
|
1447 |
|
|
{
|
1448 |
|
|
irel->r_offset += 2;
|
1449 |
|
|
add = -2;
|
1450 |
|
|
}
|
1451 |
|
|
else if (irel->r_offset == addr + 2)
|
1452 |
|
|
{
|
1453 |
|
|
irel->r_offset -= 2;
|
1454 |
|
|
add = 2;
|
1455 |
|
|
}
|
1456 |
|
|
else
|
1457 |
|
|
add = 0;
|
1458 |
|
|
|
1459 |
|
|
if (add != 0)
|
1460 |
|
|
{
|
1461 |
|
|
bfd_byte *loc;
|
1462 |
|
|
unsigned short insn, oinsn;
|
1463 |
|
|
bfd_boolean overflow;
|
1464 |
|
|
|
1465 |
|
|
loc = contents + irel->r_offset;
|
1466 |
|
|
overflow = FALSE;
|
1467 |
|
|
switch (type)
|
1468 |
|
|
{
|
1469 |
|
|
default:
|
1470 |
|
|
break;
|
1471 |
|
|
|
1472 |
|
|
case R_SH_DIR8WPN:
|
1473 |
|
|
case R_SH_DIR8WPZ:
|
1474 |
|
|
insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, loc);
|
1475 |
|
|
oinsn = insn;
|
1476 |
|
|
insn += add / 2;
|
1477 |
|
|
if ((oinsn & 0xff00) != (insn & 0xff00))
|
1478 |
|
|
overflow = TRUE;
|
1479 |
|
|
bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, loc);
|
1480 |
|
|
break;
|
1481 |
|
|
|
1482 |
|
|
case R_SH_IND12W:
|
1483 |
|
|
insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, loc);
|
1484 |
|
|
oinsn = insn;
|
1485 |
|
|
insn += add / 2;
|
1486 |
|
|
if ((oinsn & 0xf000) != (insn & 0xf000))
|
1487 |
|
|
overflow = TRUE;
|
1488 |
|
|
bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, loc);
|
1489 |
|
|
break;
|
1490 |
|
|
|
1491 |
|
|
case R_SH_DIR8WPL:
|
1492 |
|
|
/* This reloc ignores the least significant 3 bits of
|
1493 |
|
|
the program counter before adding in the offset.
|
1494 |
|
|
This means that if ADDR is at an even address, the
|
1495 |
|
|
swap will not affect the offset. If ADDR is an at an
|
1496 |
|
|
odd address, then the instruction will be crossing a
|
1497 |
|
|
four byte boundary, and must be adjusted. */
|
1498 |
|
|
if ((addr & 3) != 0)
|
1499 |
|
|
{
|
1500 |
|
|
insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, loc);
|
1501 |
|
|
oinsn = insn;
|
1502 |
|
|
insn += add / 2;
|
1503 |
|
|
if ((oinsn & 0xff00) != (insn & 0xff00))
|
1504 |
|
|
overflow = TRUE;
|
1505 |
|
|
bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, loc);
|
1506 |
|
|
}
|
1507 |
|
|
|
1508 |
|
|
break;
|
1509 |
|
|
}
|
1510 |
|
|
|
1511 |
|
|
if (overflow)
|
1512 |
|
|
{
|
1513 |
|
|
((*_bfd_error_handler)
|
1514 |
|
|
(_("%B: 0x%lx: fatal: reloc overflow while relaxing"),
|
1515 |
|
|
abfd, (unsigned long) irel->r_offset));
|
1516 |
|
|
bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
|
1517 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
1518 |
|
|
}
|
1519 |
|
|
}
|
1520 |
|
|
}
|
1521 |
|
|
|
1522 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
1523 |
|
|
}
|
1524 |
|
|
#endif /* defined SH64_ELF */
|
1525 |
|
|
|
1526 |
|
|
/* Describes one of the various PLT styles. */
|
1527 |
|
|
|
1528 |
|
|
struct elf_sh_plt_info
|
1529 |
|
|
{
|
1530 |
|
|
/* The template for the first PLT entry, or NULL if there is no special
|
1531 |
|
|
first entry. */
|
1532 |
|
|
const bfd_byte *plt0_entry;
|
1533 |
|
|
|
1534 |
|
|
/* The size of PLT0_ENTRY in bytes, or 0 if PLT0_ENTRY is NULL. */
|
1535 |
|
|
bfd_vma plt0_entry_size;
|
1536 |
|
|
|
1537 |
|
|
/* Index I is the offset into PLT0_ENTRY of a pointer to
|
1538 |
|
|
_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ + I * 4. The value is MINUS_ONE
|
1539 |
|
|
if there is no such pointer. */
|
1540 |
|
|
bfd_vma plt0_got_fields[3];
|
1541 |
|
|
|
1542 |
|
|
/* The template for a symbol's PLT entry. */
|
1543 |
|
|
const bfd_byte *symbol_entry;
|
1544 |
|
|
|
1545 |
|
|
/* The size of SYMBOL_ENTRY in bytes. */
|
1546 |
|
|
bfd_vma symbol_entry_size;
|
1547 |
|
|
|
1548 |
|
|
/* Byte offsets of fields in SYMBOL_ENTRY. Not all fields are used
|
1549 |
|
|
on all targets. The comments by each member indicate the value
|
1550 |
|
|
that the field must hold. */
|
1551 |
|
|
struct {
|
1552 |
|
|
bfd_vma got_entry; /* the address of the symbol's .got.plt entry */
|
1553 |
|
|
bfd_vma plt; /* .plt (or a branch to .plt on VxWorks) */
|
1554 |
|
|
bfd_vma reloc_offset; /* the offset of the symbol's JMP_SLOT reloc */
|
1555 |
|
|
} symbol_fields;
|
1556 |
|
|
|
1557 |
|
|
/* The offset of the resolver stub from the start of SYMBOL_ENTRY. */
|
1558 |
|
|
bfd_vma symbol_resolve_offset;
|
1559 |
|
|
};
|
1560 |
|
|
|
1561 |
|
|
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
|
1562 |
|
|
|
1563 |
|
|
/* The size in bytes of an entry in the procedure linkage table. */
|
1564 |
|
|
|
1565 |
|
|
#define ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 64
|
1566 |
|
|
|
1567 |
|
|
/* First entry in an absolute procedure linkage table look like this. */
|
1568 |
|
|
|
1569 |
|
|
static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt0_entry_be[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
|
1570 |
|
|
{
|
1571 |
|
|
0xcc, 0x00, 0x01, 0x10, /* movi .got.plt >> 16, r17 */
|
1572 |
|
|
0xc8, 0x00, 0x01, 0x10, /* shori .got.plt & 65535, r17 */
|
1573 |
|
|
0x89, 0x10, 0x09, 0x90, /* ld.l r17, 8, r25 */
|
1574 |
|
|
0x6b, 0xf1, 0x66, 0x00, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
|
1575 |
|
|
0x89, 0x10, 0x05, 0x10, /* ld.l r17, 4, r17 */
|
1576 |
|
|
0x44, 0x01, 0xff, 0xf0, /* blink tr0, r63 */
|
1577 |
|
|
0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
|
1578 |
|
|
0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
|
1579 |
|
|
0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
|
1580 |
|
|
0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
|
1581 |
|
|
0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
|
1582 |
|
|
0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
|
1583 |
|
|
0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
|
1584 |
|
|
0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
|
1585 |
|
|
0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
|
1586 |
|
|
0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
|
1587 |
|
|
};
|
1588 |
|
|
|
1589 |
|
|
static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt0_entry_le[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
|
1590 |
|
|
{
|
1591 |
|
|
0x10, 0x01, 0x00, 0xcc, /* movi .got.plt >> 16, r17 */
|
1592 |
|
|
0x10, 0x01, 0x00, 0xc8, /* shori .got.plt & 65535, r17 */
|
1593 |
|
|
0x90, 0x09, 0x10, 0x89, /* ld.l r17, 8, r25 */
|
1594 |
|
|
0x00, 0x66, 0xf1, 0x6b, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
|
1595 |
|
|
0x10, 0x05, 0x10, 0x89, /* ld.l r17, 4, r17 */
|
1596 |
|
|
0xf0, 0xff, 0x01, 0x44, /* blink tr0, r63 */
|
1597 |
|
|
0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
|
1598 |
|
|
0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
|
1599 |
|
|
0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
|
1600 |
|
|
0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
|
1601 |
|
|
0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
|
1602 |
|
|
0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
|
1603 |
|
|
0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
|
1604 |
|
|
0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
|
1605 |
|
|
0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
|
1606 |
|
|
0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
|
1607 |
|
|
};
|
1608 |
|
|
|
1609 |
|
|
/* Sebsequent entries in an absolute procedure linkage table look like
|
1610 |
|
|
this. */
|
1611 |
|
|
|
1612 |
|
|
static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt_entry_be[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
|
1613 |
|
|
{
|
1614 |
|
|
0xcc, 0x00, 0x01, 0x90, /* movi nameN-in-GOT >> 16, r25 */
|
1615 |
|
|
0xc8, 0x00, 0x01, 0x90, /* shori nameN-in-GOT & 65535, r25 */
|
1616 |
|
|
0x89, 0x90, 0x01, 0x90, /* ld.l r25, 0, r25 */
|
1617 |
|
|
0x6b, 0xf1, 0x66, 0x00, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
|
1618 |
|
|
0x44, 0x01, 0xff, 0xf0, /* blink tr0, r63 */
|
1619 |
|
|
0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
|
1620 |
|
|
0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
|
1621 |
|
|
0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
|
1622 |
|
|
0xcc, 0x00, 0x01, 0x90, /* movi .PLT0 >> 16, r25 */
|
1623 |
|
|
0xc8, 0x00, 0x01, 0x90, /* shori .PLT0 & 65535, r25 */
|
1624 |
|
|
0x6b, 0xf1, 0x66, 0x00, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
|
1625 |
|
|
0xcc, 0x00, 0x01, 0x50, /* movi reloc-offset >> 16, r21 */
|
1626 |
|
|
0xc8, 0x00, 0x01, 0x50, /* shori reloc-offset & 65535, r21 */
|
1627 |
|
|
0x44, 0x01, 0xff, 0xf0, /* blink tr0, r63 */
|
1628 |
|
|
0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
|
1629 |
|
|
0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
|
1630 |
|
|
};
|
1631 |
|
|
|
1632 |
|
|
static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt_entry_le[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
|
1633 |
|
|
{
|
1634 |
|
|
0x90, 0x01, 0x00, 0xcc, /* movi nameN-in-GOT >> 16, r25 */
|
1635 |
|
|
0x90, 0x01, 0x00, 0xc8, /* shori nameN-in-GOT & 65535, r25 */
|
1636 |
|
|
0x90, 0x01, 0x90, 0x89, /* ld.l r25, 0, r25 */
|
1637 |
|
|
0x00, 0x66, 0xf1, 0x6b, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
|
1638 |
|
|
0xf0, 0xff, 0x01, 0x44, /* blink tr0, r63 */
|
1639 |
|
|
0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
|
1640 |
|
|
0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
|
1641 |
|
|
0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
|
1642 |
|
|
0x90, 0x01, 0x00, 0xcc, /* movi .PLT0 >> 16, r25 */
|
1643 |
|
|
0x90, 0x01, 0x00, 0xc8, /* shori .PLT0 & 65535, r25 */
|
1644 |
|
|
0x00, 0x66, 0xf1, 0x6b, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
|
1645 |
|
|
0x50, 0x01, 0x00, 0xcc, /* movi reloc-offset >> 16, r21 */
|
1646 |
|
|
0x50, 0x01, 0x00, 0xc8, /* shori reloc-offset & 65535, r21 */
|
1647 |
|
|
0xf0, 0xff, 0x01, 0x44, /* blink tr0, r63 */
|
1648 |
|
|
0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
|
1649 |
|
|
0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
|
1650 |
|
|
};
|
1651 |
|
|
|
1652 |
|
|
/* Entries in a PIC procedure linkage table look like this. */
|
1653 |
|
|
|
1654 |
|
|
static const bfd_byte elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_be[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
|
1655 |
|
|
{
|
1656 |
|
|
0xcc, 0x00, 0x01, 0x90, /* movi nameN@GOT >> 16, r25 */
|
1657 |
|
|
0xc8, 0x00, 0x01, 0x90, /* shori nameN@GOT & 65535, r25 */
|
1658 |
|
|
0x40, 0xc2, 0x65, 0x90, /* ldx.l r12, r25, r25 */
|
1659 |
|
|
0x6b, 0xf1, 0x66, 0x00, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
|
1660 |
|
|
0x44, 0x01, 0xff, 0xf0, /* blink tr0, r63 */
|
1661 |
|
|
0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
|
1662 |
|
|
0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
|
1663 |
|
|
0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
|
1664 |
|
|
0xce, 0x00, 0x01, 0x10, /* movi -GOT_BIAS, r17 */
|
1665 |
|
|
0x00, 0xc8, 0x45, 0x10, /* add.l r12, r17, r17 */
|
1666 |
|
|
0x89, 0x10, 0x09, 0x90, /* ld.l r17, 8, r25 */
|
1667 |
|
|
0x6b, 0xf1, 0x66, 0x00, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
|
1668 |
|
|
0x89, 0x10, 0x05, 0x10, /* ld.l r17, 4, r17 */
|
1669 |
|
|
0xcc, 0x00, 0x01, 0x50, /* movi reloc-offset >> 16, r21 */
|
1670 |
|
|
0xc8, 0x00, 0x01, 0x50, /* shori reloc-offset & 65535, r21 */
|
1671 |
|
|
0x44, 0x01, 0xff, 0xf0, /* blink tr0, r63 */
|
1672 |
|
|
};
|
1673 |
|
|
|
1674 |
|
|
static const bfd_byte elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_le[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
|
1675 |
|
|
{
|
1676 |
|
|
0x90, 0x01, 0x00, 0xcc, /* movi nameN@GOT >> 16, r25 */
|
1677 |
|
|
0x90, 0x01, 0x00, 0xc8, /* shori nameN@GOT & 65535, r25 */
|
1678 |
|
|
0x90, 0x65, 0xc2, 0x40, /* ldx.l r12, r25, r25 */
|
1679 |
|
|
0x00, 0x66, 0xf1, 0x6b, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
|
1680 |
|
|
0xf0, 0xff, 0x01, 0x44, /* blink tr0, r63 */
|
1681 |
|
|
0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
|
1682 |
|
|
0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
|
1683 |
|
|
0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
|
1684 |
|
|
0x10, 0x01, 0x00, 0xce, /* movi -GOT_BIAS, r17 */
|
1685 |
|
|
0x10, 0x45, 0xc8, 0x00, /* add.l r12, r17, r17 */
|
1686 |
|
|
0x90, 0x09, 0x10, 0x89, /* ld.l r17, 8, r25 */
|
1687 |
|
|
0x00, 0x66, 0xf1, 0x6b, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
|
1688 |
|
|
0x10, 0x05, 0x10, 0x89, /* ld.l r17, 4, r17 */
|
1689 |
|
|
0x50, 0x01, 0x00, 0xcc, /* movi reloc-offset >> 16, r21 */
|
1690 |
|
|
0x50, 0x01, 0x00, 0xc8, /* shori reloc-offset & 65535, r21 */
|
1691 |
|
|
0xf0, 0xff, 0x01, 0x44, /* blink tr0, r63 */
|
1692 |
|
|
};
|
1693 |
|
|
|
1694 |
|
|
static const struct elf_sh_plt_info elf_sh_plts[2][2] = {
|
1695 |
|
|
{
|
1696 |
|
|
{
|
1697 |
|
|
/* Big-endian non-PIC. */
|
1698 |
|
|
elf_sh_plt0_entry_be,
|
1699 |
|
|
ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
|
1700 |
|
|
{ 0, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
|
1701 |
|
|
elf_sh_plt_entry_be,
|
1702 |
|
|
ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
|
1703 |
|
|
{ 0, 32, 48 },
|
1704 |
|
|
33 /* includes ISA encoding */
|
1705 |
|
|
},
|
1706 |
|
|
{
|
1707 |
|
|
/* Little-endian non-PIC. */
|
1708 |
|
|
elf_sh_plt0_entry_le,
|
1709 |
|
|
ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
|
1710 |
|
|
{ 0, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
|
1711 |
|
|
elf_sh_plt_entry_le,
|
1712 |
|
|
ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
|
1713 |
|
|
{ 0, 32, 48 },
|
1714 |
|
|
33 /* includes ISA encoding */
|
1715 |
|
|
},
|
1716 |
|
|
},
|
1717 |
|
|
{
|
1718 |
|
|
{
|
1719 |
|
|
/* Big-endian PIC. */
|
1720 |
|
|
elf_sh_plt0_entry_be,
|
1721 |
|
|
ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
|
1722 |
|
|
{ MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
|
1723 |
|
|
elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_be,
|
1724 |
|
|
ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
|
1725 |
|
|
{ 0, MINUS_ONE, 52 },
|
1726 |
|
|
33 /* includes ISA encoding */
|
1727 |
|
|
},
|
1728 |
|
|
{
|
1729 |
|
|
/* Little-endian PIC. */
|
1730 |
|
|
elf_sh_plt0_entry_le,
|
1731 |
|
|
ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
|
1732 |
|
|
{ MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
|
1733 |
|
|
elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_le,
|
1734 |
|
|
ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
|
1735 |
|
|
{ 0, MINUS_ONE, 52 },
|
1736 |
|
|
33 /* includes ISA encoding */
|
1737 |
|
|
},
|
1738 |
|
|
}
|
1739 |
|
|
};
|
1740 |
|
|
|
1741 |
|
|
/* Return offset of the linker in PLT0 entry. */
|
1742 |
|
|
#define elf_sh_plt0_gotplt_offset(info) 0
|
1743 |
|
|
|
1744 |
|
|
/* Install a 32-bit PLT field starting at ADDR, which occurs in OUTPUT_BFD.
|
1745 |
|
|
VALUE is the field's value and CODE_P is true if VALUE refers to code,
|
1746 |
|
|
not data.
|
1747 |
|
|
|
1748 |
|
|
On SH64, each 32-bit field is loaded by a movi/shori pair. */
|
1749 |
|
|
|
1750 |
|
|
inline static void
|
1751 |
|
|
install_plt_field (bfd *output_bfd, bfd_boolean code_p,
|
1752 |
|
|
unsigned long value, bfd_byte *addr)
|
1753 |
|
|
{
|
1754 |
|
|
value |= code_p;
|
1755 |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
|
1756 |
|
|
bfd_get_32 (output_bfd, addr)
|
1757 |
|
|
| ((value >> 6) & 0x3fffc00),
|
1758 |
|
|
addr);
|
1759 |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
|
1760 |
|
|
bfd_get_32 (output_bfd, addr + 4)
|
1761 |
|
|
| ((value << 10) & 0x3fffc00),
|
1762 |
|
|
addr + 4);
|
1763 |
|
|
}
|
1764 |
|
|
|
1765 |
|
|
/* Return the type of PLT associated with ABFD. PIC_P is true if
|
1766 |
|
|
the object is position-independent. */
|
1767 |
|
|
|
1768 |
|
|
static const struct elf_sh_plt_info *
|
1769 |
|
|
get_plt_info (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, bfd_boolean pic_p)
|
1770 |
|
|
{
|
1771 |
|
|
return &elf_sh_plts[pic_p][!bfd_big_endian (abfd)];
|
1772 |
|
|
}
|
1773 |
|
|
#else
|
1774 |
|
|
/* The size in bytes of an entry in the procedure linkage table. */
|
1775 |
|
|
|
1776 |
|
|
#define ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 28
|
1777 |
|
|
|
1778 |
|
|
/* First entry in an absolute procedure linkage table look like this. */
|
1779 |
|
|
|
1780 |
|
|
/* Note - this code has been "optimised" not to use r2. r2 is used by
|
1781 |
|
|
GCC to return the address of large structures, so it should not be
|
1782 |
|
|
corrupted here. This does mean however, that this PLT does not conform
|
1783 |
|
|
to the SH PIC ABI. That spec says that r0 contains the type of the PLT
|
1784 |
|
|
and r2 contains the GOT id. This version stores the GOT id in r0 and
|
1785 |
|
|
ignores the type. Loaders can easily detect this difference however,
|
1786 |
|
|
since the type will always be 0 or 8, and the GOT ids will always be
|
1787 |
|
|
greater than or equal to 12. */
|
1788 |
|
|
static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt0_entry_be[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
|
1789 |
|
|
{
|
1790 |
|
|
0xd0, 0x05, /* mov.l 2f,r0 */
|
1791 |
|
|
0x60, 0x02, /* mov.l @r0,r0 */
|
1792 |
|
|
0x2f, 0x06, /* mov.l r0,@-r15 */
|
1793 |
|
|
0xd0, 0x03, /* mov.l 1f,r0 */
|
1794 |
|
|
0x60, 0x02, /* mov.l @r0,r0 */
|
1795 |
|
|
0x40, 0x2b, /* jmp @r0 */
|
1796 |
|
|
0x60, 0xf6, /* mov.l @r15+,r0 */
|
1797 |
|
|
0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
|
1798 |
|
|
0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
|
1799 |
|
|
0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
|
1800 |
|
|
0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with address of .got.plt + 8. */
|
1801 |
|
|
0, 0, 0, 0, /* 2: replaced with address of .got.plt + 4. */
|
1802 |
|
|
};
|
1803 |
|
|
|
1804 |
|
|
static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt0_entry_le[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
|
1805 |
|
|
{
|
1806 |
|
|
0x05, 0xd0, /* mov.l 2f,r0 */
|
1807 |
|
|
0x02, 0x60, /* mov.l @r0,r0 */
|
1808 |
|
|
0x06, 0x2f, /* mov.l r0,@-r15 */
|
1809 |
|
|
0x03, 0xd0, /* mov.l 1f,r0 */
|
1810 |
|
|
0x02, 0x60, /* mov.l @r0,r0 */
|
1811 |
|
|
0x2b, 0x40, /* jmp @r0 */
|
1812 |
|
|
0xf6, 0x60, /* mov.l @r15+,r0 */
|
1813 |
|
|
0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
|
1814 |
|
|
0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
|
1815 |
|
|
0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
|
1816 |
|
|
0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with address of .got.plt + 8. */
|
1817 |
|
|
0, 0, 0, 0, /* 2: replaced with address of .got.plt + 4. */
|
1818 |
|
|
};
|
1819 |
|
|
|
1820 |
|
|
/* Sebsequent entries in an absolute procedure linkage table look like
|
1821 |
|
|
this. */
|
1822 |
|
|
|
1823 |
|
|
static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt_entry_be[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
|
1824 |
|
|
{
|
1825 |
|
|
0xd0, 0x04, /* mov.l 1f,r0 */
|
1826 |
|
|
0x60, 0x02, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r0 */
|
1827 |
|
|
0xd1, 0x02, /* mov.l 0f,r1 */
|
1828 |
|
|
0x40, 0x2b, /* jmp @r0 */
|
1829 |
|
|
0x60, 0x13, /* mov r1,r0 */
|
1830 |
|
|
0xd1, 0x03, /* mov.l 2f,r1 */
|
1831 |
|
|
0x40, 0x2b, /* jmp @r0 */
|
1832 |
|
|
0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
|
1833 |
|
|
0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0: replaced with address of .PLT0. */
|
1834 |
|
|
0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with address of this symbol in .got. */
|
1835 |
|
|
0, 0, 0, 0, /* 2: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
|
1836 |
|
|
};
|
1837 |
|
|
|
1838 |
|
|
static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt_entry_le[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
|
1839 |
|
|
{
|
1840 |
|
|
0x04, 0xd0, /* mov.l 1f,r0 */
|
1841 |
|
|
0x02, 0x60, /* mov.l @r0,r0 */
|
1842 |
|
|
0x02, 0xd1, /* mov.l 0f,r1 */
|
1843 |
|
|
0x2b, 0x40, /* jmp @r0 */
|
1844 |
|
|
0x13, 0x60, /* mov r1,r0 */
|
1845 |
|
|
0x03, 0xd1, /* mov.l 2f,r1 */
|
1846 |
|
|
0x2b, 0x40, /* jmp @r0 */
|
1847 |
|
|
0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
|
1848 |
|
|
0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0: replaced with address of .PLT0. */
|
1849 |
|
|
0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with address of this symbol in .got. */
|
1850 |
|
|
0, 0, 0, 0, /* 2: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
|
1851 |
|
|
};
|
1852 |
|
|
|
1853 |
|
|
/* Entries in a PIC procedure linkage table look like this. */
|
1854 |
|
|
|
1855 |
|
|
static const bfd_byte elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_be[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
|
1856 |
|
|
{
|
1857 |
|
|
0xd0, 0x04, /* mov.l 1f,r0 */
|
1858 |
|
|
0x00, 0xce, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r0 */
|
1859 |
|
|
0x40, 0x2b, /* jmp @r0 */
|
1860 |
|
|
0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
|
1861 |
|
|
0x50, 0xc2, /* mov.l @(8,r12),r0 */
|
1862 |
|
|
0xd1, 0x03, /* mov.l 2f,r1 */
|
1863 |
|
|
0x40, 0x2b, /* jmp @r0 */
|
1864 |
|
|
0x50, 0xc1, /* mov.l @(4,r12),r0 */
|
1865 |
|
|
0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
|
1866 |
|
|
0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
|
1867 |
|
|
0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with address of this symbol in .got. */
|
1868 |
|
|
0, 0, 0, 0 /* 2: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
|
1869 |
|
|
};
|
1870 |
|
|
|
1871 |
|
|
static const bfd_byte elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_le[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
|
1872 |
|
|
{
|
1873 |
|
|
0x04, 0xd0, /* mov.l 1f,r0 */
|
1874 |
|
|
0xce, 0x00, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r0 */
|
1875 |
|
|
0x2b, 0x40, /* jmp @r0 */
|
1876 |
|
|
0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
|
1877 |
|
|
0xc2, 0x50, /* mov.l @(8,r12),r0 */
|
1878 |
|
|
0x03, 0xd1, /* mov.l 2f,r1 */
|
1879 |
|
|
0x2b, 0x40, /* jmp @r0 */
|
1880 |
|
|
0xc1, 0x50, /* mov.l @(4,r12),r0 */
|
1881 |
|
|
0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
|
1882 |
|
|
0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
|
1883 |
|
|
0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with address of this symbol in .got. */
|
1884 |
|
|
0, 0, 0, 0 /* 2: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
|
1885 |
|
|
};
|
1886 |
|
|
|
1887 |
|
|
static const struct elf_sh_plt_info elf_sh_plts[2][2] = {
|
1888 |
|
|
{
|
1889 |
|
|
{
|
1890 |
|
|
/* Big-endian non-PIC. */
|
1891 |
|
|
elf_sh_plt0_entry_be,
|
1892 |
|
|
ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
|
1893 |
|
|
{ MINUS_ONE, 24, 20 },
|
1894 |
|
|
elf_sh_plt_entry_be,
|
1895 |
|
|
ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
|
1896 |
|
|
{ 20, 16, 24 },
|
1897 |
|
|
8
|
1898 |
|
|
},
|
1899 |
|
|
{
|
1900 |
|
|
/* Little-endian non-PIC. */
|
1901 |
|
|
elf_sh_plt0_entry_le,
|
1902 |
|
|
ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
|
1903 |
|
|
{ MINUS_ONE, 24, 20 },
|
1904 |
|
|
elf_sh_plt_entry_le,
|
1905 |
|
|
ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
|
1906 |
|
|
{ 20, 16, 24 },
|
1907 |
|
|
8
|
1908 |
|
|
},
|
1909 |
|
|
},
|
1910 |
|
|
{
|
1911 |
|
|
{
|
1912 |
|
|
/* Big-endian PIC. */
|
1913 |
|
|
elf_sh_plt0_entry_be,
|
1914 |
|
|
ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
|
1915 |
|
|
{ MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
|
1916 |
|
|
elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_be,
|
1917 |
|
|
ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
|
1918 |
|
|
{ 20, MINUS_ONE, 24 },
|
1919 |
|
|
8
|
1920 |
|
|
},
|
1921 |
|
|
{
|
1922 |
|
|
/* Little-endian PIC. */
|
1923 |
|
|
elf_sh_plt0_entry_le,
|
1924 |
|
|
ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
|
1925 |
|
|
{ MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
|
1926 |
|
|
elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_le,
|
1927 |
|
|
ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
|
1928 |
|
|
{ 20, MINUS_ONE, 24 },
|
1929 |
|
|
8
|
1930 |
|
|
},
|
1931 |
|
|
}
|
1932 |
|
|
};
|
1933 |
|
|
|
1934 |
|
|
#define VXWORKS_PLT_HEADER_SIZE 12
|
1935 |
|
|
#define VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 24
|
1936 |
|
|
|
1937 |
|
|
static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_plt0_entry_be[VXWORKS_PLT_HEADER_SIZE] =
|
1938 |
|
|
{
|
1939 |
|
|
0xd1, 0x01, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r1 */
|
1940 |
|
|
0x61, 0x12, /* mov.l @r1,r1 */
|
1941 |
|
|
0x41, 0x2b, /* jmp @r1 */
|
1942 |
|
|
0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
|
1943 |
|
|
0, 0, 0, 0 /* 0: replaced with _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE+8. */
|
1944 |
|
|
};
|
1945 |
|
|
|
1946 |
|
|
static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_plt0_entry_le[VXWORKS_PLT_HEADER_SIZE] =
|
1947 |
|
|
{
|
1948 |
|
|
0x01, 0xd1, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r1 */
|
1949 |
|
|
0x12, 0x61, /* mov.l @r1,r1 */
|
1950 |
|
|
0x2b, 0x41, /* jmp @r1 */
|
1951 |
|
|
0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
|
1952 |
|
|
0, 0, 0, 0 /* 0: replaced with _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE+8. */
|
1953 |
|
|
};
|
1954 |
|
|
|
1955 |
|
|
static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_plt_entry_be[VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
|
1956 |
|
|
{
|
1957 |
|
|
0xd0, 0x01, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
|
1958 |
|
|
0x60, 0x02, /* mov.l @r0,r0 */
|
1959 |
|
|
0x40, 0x2b, /* jmp @r0 */
|
1960 |
|
|
0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
|
1961 |
|
|
0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0: replaced with address of this symbol in .got. */
|
1962 |
|
|
0xd0, 0x01, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
|
1963 |
|
|
0xa0, 0x00, /* bra PLT (We need to fix the offset.) */
|
1964 |
|
|
0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
|
1965 |
|
|
0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
|
1966 |
|
|
0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
|
1967 |
|
|
};
|
1968 |
|
|
|
1969 |
|
|
static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_plt_entry_le[VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
|
1970 |
|
|
{
|
1971 |
|
|
0x01, 0xd0, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
|
1972 |
|
|
0x02, 0x60, /* mov.l @r0,r0 */
|
1973 |
|
|
0x2b, 0x40, /* jmp @r0 */
|
1974 |
|
|
0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
|
1975 |
|
|
0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0: replaced with address of this symbol in .got. */
|
1976 |
|
|
0x01, 0xd0, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
|
1977 |
|
|
0x00, 0xa0, /* bra PLT (We need to fix the offset.) */
|
1978 |
|
|
0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
|
1979 |
|
|
0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
|
1980 |
|
|
0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
|
1981 |
|
|
};
|
1982 |
|
|
|
1983 |
|
|
static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_pic_plt_entry_be[VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
|
1984 |
|
|
{
|
1985 |
|
|
0xd0, 0x01, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
|
1986 |
|
|
0x00, 0xce, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r0 */
|
1987 |
|
|
0x40, 0x2b, /* jmp @r0 */
|
1988 |
|
|
0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
|
1989 |
|
|
0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0: replaced with offset of this symbol in .got. */
|
1990 |
|
|
0xd0, 0x01, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
|
1991 |
|
|
0x51, 0xc2, /* mov.l @(8,r12),r1 */
|
1992 |
|
|
0x41, 0x2b, /* jmp @r1 */
|
1993 |
|
|
0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
|
1994 |
|
|
0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
|
1995 |
|
|
};
|
1996 |
|
|
|
1997 |
|
|
static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_pic_plt_entry_le[VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
|
1998 |
|
|
{
|
1999 |
|
|
0x01, 0xd0, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
|
2000 |
|
|
0xce, 0x00, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r0 */
|
2001 |
|
|
0x2b, 0x40, /* jmp @r0 */
|
2002 |
|
|
0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
|
2003 |
|
|
0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0: replaced with offset of this symbol in .got. */
|
2004 |
|
|
0x01, 0xd0, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
|
2005 |
|
|
0xc2, 0x51, /* mov.l @(8,r12),r1 */
|
2006 |
|
|
0x2b, 0x41, /* jmp @r1 */
|
2007 |
|
|
0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
|
2008 |
|
|
0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
|
2009 |
|
|
};
|
2010 |
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
static const struct elf_sh_plt_info vxworks_sh_plts[2][2] = {
|
2012 |
|
|
{
|
2013 |
|
|
{
|
2014 |
|
|
/* Big-endian non-PIC. */
|
2015 |
|
|
vxworks_sh_plt0_entry_be,
|
2016 |
|
|
VXWORKS_PLT_HEADER_SIZE,
|
2017 |
|
|
{ MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, 8 },
|
2018 |
|
|
vxworks_sh_plt_entry_be,
|
2019 |
|
|
VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
|
2020 |
|
|
{ 8, 14, 20 },
|
2021 |
|
|
12
|
2022 |
|
|
},
|
2023 |
|
|
{
|
2024 |
|
|
/* Little-endian non-PIC. */
|
2025 |
|
|
vxworks_sh_plt0_entry_le,
|
2026 |
|
|
VXWORKS_PLT_HEADER_SIZE,
|
2027 |
|
|
{ MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, 8 },
|
2028 |
|
|
vxworks_sh_plt_entry_le,
|
2029 |
|
|
VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
|
2030 |
|
|
{ 8, 14, 20 },
|
2031 |
|
|
12
|
2032 |
|
|
},
|
2033 |
|
|
},
|
2034 |
|
|
{
|
2035 |
|
|
{
|
2036 |
|
|
/* Big-endian PIC. */
|
2037 |
|
|
NULL,
|
2038 |
|
|
0,
|
2039 |
|
|
{ MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
|
2040 |
|
|
vxworks_sh_pic_plt_entry_be,
|
2041 |
|
|
VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
|
2042 |
|
|
{ 8, MINUS_ONE, 20 },
|
2043 |
|
|
12
|
2044 |
|
|
},
|
2045 |
|
|
{
|
2046 |
|
|
/* Little-endian PIC. */
|
2047 |
|
|
NULL,
|
2048 |
|
|
0,
|
2049 |
|
|
{ MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
|
2050 |
|
|
vxworks_sh_pic_plt_entry_le,
|
2051 |
|
|
VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
|
2052 |
|
|
{ 8, MINUS_ONE, 20 },
|
2053 |
|
|
12
|
2054 |
|
|
},
|
2055 |
|
|
}
|
2056 |
|
|
};
|
2057 |
|
|
|
2058 |
|
|
/* Return the type of PLT associated with ABFD. PIC_P is true if
|
2059 |
|
|
the object is position-independent. */
|
2060 |
|
|
|
2061 |
|
|
static const struct elf_sh_plt_info *
|
2062 |
|
|
get_plt_info (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, bfd_boolean pic_p)
|
2063 |
|
|
{
|
2064 |
|
|
if (vxworks_object_p (abfd))
|
2065 |
|
|
return &vxworks_sh_plts[pic_p][!bfd_big_endian (abfd)];
|
2066 |
|
|
return &elf_sh_plts[pic_p][!bfd_big_endian (abfd)];
|
2067 |
|
|
}
|
2068 |
|
|
|
2069 |
|
|
/* Install a 32-bit PLT field starting at ADDR, which occurs in OUTPUT_BFD.
|
2070 |
|
|
VALUE is the field's value and CODE_P is true if VALUE refers to code,
|
2071 |
|
|
not data. */
|
2072 |
|
|
|
2073 |
|
|
inline static void
|
2074 |
|
|
install_plt_field (bfd *output_bfd, bfd_boolean code_p ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
2075 |
|
|
unsigned long value, bfd_byte *addr)
|
2076 |
|
|
{
|
2077 |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, value, addr);
|
2078 |
|
|
}
|
2079 |
|
|
#endif
|
2080 |
|
|
|
2081 |
|
|
/* Return the index of the PLT entry at byte offset OFFSET. */
|
2082 |
|
|
|
2083 |
|
|
static bfd_vma
|
2084 |
|
|
get_plt_index (const struct elf_sh_plt_info *info, bfd_vma offset)
|
2085 |
|
|
{
|
2086 |
|
|
return (offset - info->plt0_entry_size) / info->symbol_entry_size;
|
2087 |
|
|
}
|
2088 |
|
|
|
2089 |
|
|
/* Do the inverse operation. */
|
2090 |
|
|
|
2091 |
|
|
static bfd_vma
|
2092 |
|
|
get_plt_offset (const struct elf_sh_plt_info *info, bfd_vma index)
|
2093 |
|
|
{
|
2094 |
|
|
return info->plt0_entry_size + (index * info->symbol_entry_size);
|
2095 |
|
|
}
|
2096 |
|
|
|
2097 |
|
|
/* The sh linker needs to keep track of the number of relocs that it
|
2098 |
|
|
decides to copy as dynamic relocs in check_relocs for each symbol.
|
2099 |
|
|
This is so that it can later discard them if they are found to be
|
2100 |
|
|
unnecessary. We store the information in a field extending the
|
2101 |
|
|
regular ELF linker hash table. */
|
2102 |
|
|
|
2103 |
|
|
struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs
|
2104 |
|
|
{
|
2105 |
|
|
struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *next;
|
2106 |
|
|
|
2107 |
|
|
/* The input section of the reloc. */
|
2108 |
|
|
asection *sec;
|
2109 |
|
|
|
2110 |
|
|
/* Total number of relocs copied for the input section. */
|
2111 |
|
|
bfd_size_type count;
|
2112 |
|
|
|
2113 |
|
|
/* Number of pc-relative relocs copied for the input section. */
|
2114 |
|
|
bfd_size_type pc_count;
|
2115 |
|
|
};
|
2116 |
|
|
|
2117 |
|
|
/* sh ELF linker hash entry. */
|
2118 |
|
|
|
2119 |
|
|
struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry
|
2120 |
|
|
{
|
2121 |
|
|
struct elf_link_hash_entry root;
|
2122 |
|
|
|
2123 |
|
|
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
|
2124 |
|
|
union
|
2125 |
|
|
{
|
2126 |
|
|
bfd_signed_vma refcount;
|
2127 |
|
|
bfd_vma offset;
|
2128 |
|
|
} datalabel_got;
|
2129 |
|
|
#endif
|
2130 |
|
|
|
2131 |
|
|
/* Track dynamic relocs copied for this symbol. */
|
2132 |
|
|
struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *dyn_relocs;
|
2133 |
|
|
|
2134 |
|
|
bfd_signed_vma gotplt_refcount;
|
2135 |
|
|
|
2136 |
|
|
enum {
|
2137 |
|
|
GOT_UNKNOWN = 0, GOT_NORMAL, GOT_TLS_GD, GOT_TLS_IE
|
2138 |
|
|
} tls_type;
|
2139 |
|
|
};
|
2140 |
|
|
|
2141 |
|
|
#define sh_elf_hash_entry(ent) ((struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *)(ent))
|
2142 |
|
|
|
2143 |
|
|
struct sh_elf_obj_tdata
|
2144 |
|
|
{
|
2145 |
|
|
struct elf_obj_tdata root;
|
2146 |
|
|
|
2147 |
|
|
/* tls_type for each local got entry. */
|
2148 |
|
|
char *local_got_tls_type;
|
2149 |
|
|
};
|
2150 |
|
|
|
2151 |
|
|
#define sh_elf_tdata(abfd) \
|
2152 |
|
|
((struct sh_elf_obj_tdata *) (abfd)->tdata.any)
|
2153 |
|
|
|
2154 |
|
|
#define sh_elf_local_got_tls_type(abfd) \
|
2155 |
|
|
(sh_elf_tdata (abfd)->local_got_tls_type)
|
2156 |
|
|
|
2157 |
|
|
#define is_sh_elf(bfd) \
|
2158 |
|
|
(bfd_get_flavour (bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour \
|
2159 |
|
|
&& elf_tdata (bfd) != NULL \
|
2160 |
|
|
&& elf_object_id (bfd) == SH_ELF_TDATA)
|
2161 |
|
|
|
2162 |
|
|
/* Override the generic function because we need to store sh_elf_obj_tdata
|
2163 |
|
|
as the specific tdata. */
|
2164 |
|
|
|
2165 |
|
|
static bfd_boolean
|
2166 |
|
|
sh_elf_mkobject (bfd *abfd)
|
2167 |
|
|
{
|
2168 |
|
|
return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd, sizeof (struct sh_elf_obj_tdata),
|
2169 |
|
|
SH_ELF_TDATA);
|
2170 |
|
|
}
|
2171 |
|
|
|
2172 |
|
|
/* sh ELF linker hash table. */
|
2173 |
|
|
|
2174 |
|
|
struct elf_sh_link_hash_table
|
2175 |
|
|
{
|
2176 |
|
|
struct elf_link_hash_table root;
|
2177 |
|
|
|
2178 |
|
|
/* Short-cuts to get to dynamic linker sections. */
|
2179 |
|
|
asection *sgot;
|
2180 |
|
|
asection *sgotplt;
|
2181 |
|
|
asection *srelgot;
|
2182 |
|
|
asection *splt;
|
2183 |
|
|
asection *srelplt;
|
2184 |
|
|
asection *sdynbss;
|
2185 |
|
|
asection *srelbss;
|
2186 |
|
|
|
2187 |
|
|
/* The (unloaded but important) VxWorks .rela.plt.unloaded section. */
|
2188 |
|
|
asection *srelplt2;
|
2189 |
|
|
|
2190 |
225 |
jeremybenn |
/* Small local sym cache. */
|
2191 |
|
|
struct sym_cache sym_cache;
|
2192 |
24 |
jeremybenn |
|
2193 |
|
|
/* A counter or offset to track a TLS got entry. */
|
2194 |
|
|
union
|
2195 |
|
|
{
|
2196 |
|
|
bfd_signed_vma refcount;
|
2197 |
|
|
bfd_vma offset;
|
2198 |
|
|
} tls_ldm_got;
|
2199 |
|
|
|
2200 |
|
|
/* The type of PLT to use. */
|
2201 |
|
|
const struct elf_sh_plt_info *plt_info;
|
2202 |
|
|
|
2203 |
|
|
/* True if the target system is VxWorks. */
|
2204 |
|
|
bfd_boolean vxworks_p;
|
2205 |
|
|
};
|
2206 |
|
|
|
2207 |
|
|
/* Traverse an sh ELF linker hash table. */
|
2208 |
|
|
|
2209 |
|
|
#define sh_elf_link_hash_traverse(table, func, info) \
|
2210 |
|
|
(elf_link_hash_traverse \
|
2211 |
|
|
(&(table)->root, \
|
2212 |
|
|
(bfd_boolean (*) (struct elf_link_hash_entry *, void *)) (func), \
|
2213 |
|
|
(info)))
|
2214 |
|
|
|
2215 |
|
|
/* Get the sh ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure. */
|
2216 |
|
|
|
2217 |
|
|
#define sh_elf_hash_table(p) \
|
2218 |
|
|
((struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash))
|
2219 |
|
|
|
2220 |
|
|
/* Create an entry in an sh ELF linker hash table. */
|
2221 |
|
|
|
2222 |
|
|
static struct bfd_hash_entry *
|
2223 |
|
|
sh_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry,
|
2224 |
|
|
struct bfd_hash_table *table,
|
2225 |
|
|
const char *string)
|
2226 |
|
|
{
|
2227 |
|
|
struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *ret =
|
2228 |
|
|
(struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) entry;
|
2229 |
|
|
|
2230 |
|
|
/* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
|
2231 |
|
|
subclass. */
|
2232 |
|
|
if (ret == (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) NULL)
|
2233 |
|
|
ret = ((struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *)
|
2234 |
|
|
bfd_hash_allocate (table,
|
2235 |
|
|
sizeof (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry)));
|
2236 |
|
|
if (ret == (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) NULL)
|
2237 |
|
|
return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret;
|
2238 |
|
|
|
2239 |
|
|
/* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
|
2240 |
|
|
ret = ((struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *)
|
2241 |
|
|
_bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc ((struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret,
|
2242 |
|
|
table, string));
|
2243 |
|
|
if (ret != (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) NULL)
|
2244 |
|
|
{
|
2245 |
|
|
ret->dyn_relocs = NULL;
|
2246 |
|
|
ret->gotplt_refcount = 0;
|
2247 |
|
|
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
|
2248 |
|
|
ret->datalabel_got.refcount = ret->root.got.refcount;
|
2249 |
|
|
#endif
|
2250 |
|
|
ret->tls_type = GOT_UNKNOWN;
|
2251 |
|
|
}
|
2252 |
|
|
|
2253 |
|
|
return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret;
|
2254 |
|
|
}
|
2255 |
|
|
|
2256 |
|
|
/* Create an sh ELF linker hash table. */
|
2257 |
|
|
|
2258 |
|
|
static struct bfd_link_hash_table *
|
2259 |
|
|
sh_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd)
|
2260 |
|
|
{
|
2261 |
|
|
struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *ret;
|
2262 |
|
|
bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct elf_sh_link_hash_table);
|
2263 |
|
|
|
2264 |
|
|
ret = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *) bfd_malloc (amt);
|
2265 |
|
|
if (ret == (struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *) NULL)
|
2266 |
|
|
return NULL;
|
2267 |
|
|
|
2268 |
|
|
if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret->root, abfd,
|
2269 |
|
|
sh_elf_link_hash_newfunc,
|
2270 |
|
|
sizeof (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry)))
|
2271 |
|
|
{
|
2272 |
|
|
free (ret);
|
2273 |
|
|
return NULL;
|
2274 |
|
|
}
|
2275 |
|
|
|
2276 |
|
|
ret->sgot = NULL;
|
2277 |
|
|
ret->sgotplt = NULL;
|
2278 |
|
|
ret->srelgot = NULL;
|
2279 |
|
|
ret->splt = NULL;
|
2280 |
|
|
ret->srelplt = NULL;
|
2281 |
|
|
ret->sdynbss = NULL;
|
2282 |
|
|
ret->srelbss = NULL;
|
2283 |
|
|
ret->srelplt2 = NULL;
|
2284 |
225 |
jeremybenn |
ret->sym_cache.abfd = NULL;
|
2285 |
24 |
jeremybenn |
ret->tls_ldm_got.refcount = 0;
|
2286 |
|
|
ret->plt_info = NULL;
|
2287 |
|
|
ret->vxworks_p = vxworks_object_p (abfd);
|
2288 |
|
|
|
2289 |
|
|
return &ret->root.root;
|
2290 |
|
|
}
|
2291 |
|
|
|
2292 |
|
|
/* Create .got, .gotplt, and .rela.got sections in DYNOBJ, and set up
|
2293 |
|
|
shortcuts to them in our hash table. */
|
2294 |
|
|
|
2295 |
|
|
static bfd_boolean
|
2296 |
|
|
create_got_section (bfd *dynobj, struct bfd_link_info *info)
|
2297 |
|
|
{
|
2298 |
|
|
struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
|
2299 |
|
|
|
2300 |
|
|
if (! _bfd_elf_create_got_section (dynobj, info))
|
2301 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
2302 |
|
|
|
2303 |
|
|
htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
|
2304 |
|
|
htab->sgot = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".got");
|
2305 |
|
|
htab->sgotplt = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".got.plt");
|
2306 |
225 |
jeremybenn |
htab->srelgot = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".rela.got");
|
2307 |
|
|
if (! htab->sgot || ! htab->sgotplt || ! htab->srelgot)
|
2308 |
24 |
jeremybenn |
abort ();
|
2309 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
2310 |
|
|
}
|
2311 |
|
|
|
2312 |
|
|
/* Create dynamic sections when linking against a dynamic object. */
|
2313 |
|
|
|
2314 |
|
|
static bfd_boolean
|
2315 |
|
|
sh_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
|
2316 |
|
|
{
|
2317 |
|
|
struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
|
2318 |
|
|
flagword flags, pltflags;
|
2319 |
|
|
register asection *s;
|
2320 |
|
|
const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
|
2321 |
|
|
int ptralign = 0;
|
2322 |
|
|
|
2323 |
|
|
switch (bed->s->arch_size)
|
2324 |
|
|
{
|
2325 |
|
|
case 32:
|
2326 |
|
|
ptralign = 2;
|
2327 |
|
|
break;
|
2328 |
|
|
|
2329 |
|
|
case 64:
|
2330 |
|
|
ptralign = 3;
|
2331 |
|
|
break;
|
2332 |
|
|
|
2333 |
|
|
default:
|
2334 |
|
|
bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
|
2335 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
2336 |
|
|
}
|
2337 |
|
|
|
2338 |
|
|
htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
|
2339 |
|
|
if (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created)
|
2340 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
2341 |
|
|
|
2342 |
|
|
/* We need to create .plt, .rel[a].plt, .got, .got.plt, .dynbss, and
|
2343 |
|
|
.rel[a].bss sections. */
|
2344 |
|
|
|
2345 |
|
|
flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY
|
2346 |
|
|
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
|
2347 |
|
|
|
2348 |
|
|
pltflags = flags;
|
2349 |
|
|
pltflags |= SEC_CODE;
|
2350 |
|
|
if (bed->plt_not_loaded)
|
2351 |
|
|
pltflags &= ~ (SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
|
2352 |
|
|
if (bed->plt_readonly)
|
2353 |
|
|
pltflags |= SEC_READONLY;
|
2354 |
|
|
|
2355 |
|
|
s = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd, ".plt", pltflags);
|
2356 |
|
|
htab->splt = s;
|
2357 |
|
|
if (s == NULL
|
2358 |
|
|
|| ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, bed->plt_alignment))
|
2359 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
2360 |
|
|
|
2361 |
|
|
if (bed->want_plt_sym)
|
2362 |
|
|
{
|
2363 |
|
|
/* Define the symbol _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_ at the start of the
|
2364 |
|
|
.plt section. */
|
2365 |
|
|
struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
|
2366 |
|
|
struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh = NULL;
|
2367 |
|
|
|
2368 |
|
|
if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
|
2369 |
|
|
(info, abfd, "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_", BSF_GLOBAL, s,
|
2370 |
|
|
(bfd_vma) 0, (const char *) NULL, FALSE,
|
2371 |
|
|
get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh)))
|
2372 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
2373 |
|
|
|
2374 |
|
|
h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
|
2375 |
|
|
h->def_regular = 1;
|
2376 |
|
|
h->type = STT_OBJECT;
|
2377 |
|
|
htab->root.hplt = h;
|
2378 |
|
|
|
2379 |
|
|
if (info->shared
|
2380 |
|
|
&& ! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
|
2381 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
2382 |
|
|
}
|
2383 |
|
|
|
2384 |
|
|
s = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd,
|
2385 |
|
|
bed->default_use_rela_p ? ".rela.plt" : ".rel.plt",
|
2386 |
|
|
flags | SEC_READONLY);
|
2387 |
|
|
htab->srelplt = s;
|
2388 |
|
|
if (s == NULL
|
2389 |
|
|
|| ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, ptralign))
|
2390 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
2391 |
|
|
|
2392 |
|
|
if (htab->sgot == NULL
|
2393 |
|
|
&& !create_got_section (abfd, info))
|
2394 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
2395 |
|
|
|
2396 |
|
|
{
|
2397 |
|
|
const char *secname;
|
2398 |
|
|
char *relname;
|
2399 |
|
|
flagword secflags;
|
2400 |
|
|
asection *sec;
|
2401 |
|
|
|
2402 |
|
|
for (sec = abfd->sections; sec; sec = sec->next)
|
2403 |
|
|
{
|
2404 |
|
|
secflags = bfd_get_section_flags (abfd, sec);
|
2405 |
|
|
if ((secflags & (SEC_DATA | SEC_LINKER_CREATED))
|
2406 |
|
|
|| ((secflags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != SEC_HAS_CONTENTS))
|
2407 |
|
|
continue;
|
2408 |
|
|
secname = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec);
|
2409 |
|
|
relname = (char *) bfd_malloc ((bfd_size_type) strlen (secname) + 6);
|
2410 |
|
|
strcpy (relname, ".rela");
|
2411 |
|
|
strcat (relname, secname);
|
2412 |
|
|
if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, secname))
|
2413 |
|
|
continue;
|
2414 |
|
|
s = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd, relname,
|
2415 |
|
|
flags | SEC_READONLY);
|
2416 |
|
|
if (s == NULL
|
2417 |
|
|
|| ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, ptralign))
|
2418 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
2419 |
|
|
}
|
2420 |
|
|
}
|
2421 |
|
|
|
2422 |
|
|
if (bed->want_dynbss)
|
2423 |
|
|
{
|
2424 |
|
|
/* The .dynbss section is a place to put symbols which are defined
|
2425 |
|
|
by dynamic objects, are referenced by regular objects, and are
|
2426 |
|
|
not functions. We must allocate space for them in the process
|
2427 |
|
|
image and use a R_*_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic linker to
|
2428 |
|
|
initialize them at run time. The linker script puts the .dynbss
|
2429 |
|
|
section into the .bss section of the final image. */
|
2430 |
|
|
s = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd, ".dynbss",
|
2431 |
|
|
SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
|
2432 |
|
|
htab->sdynbss = s;
|
2433 |
|
|
if (s == NULL)
|
2434 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
2435 |
|
|
|
2436 |
|
|
/* The .rel[a].bss section holds copy relocs. This section is not
|
2437 |
|
|
normally needed. We need to create it here, though, so that the
|
2438 |
|
|
linker will map it to an output section. We can't just create it
|
2439 |
|
|
only if we need it, because we will not know whether we need it
|
2440 |
|
|
until we have seen all the input files, and the first time the
|
2441 |
|
|
main linker code calls BFD after examining all the input files
|
2442 |
|
|
(size_dynamic_sections) the input sections have already been
|
2443 |
|
|
mapped to the output sections. If the section turns out not to
|
2444 |
|
|
be needed, we can discard it later. We will never need this
|
2445 |
|
|
section when generating a shared object, since they do not use
|
2446 |
|
|
copy relocs. */
|
2447 |
|
|
if (! info->shared)
|
2448 |
|
|
{
|
2449 |
|
|
s = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd,
|
2450 |
|
|
(bed->default_use_rela_p
|
2451 |
|
|
? ".rela.bss" : ".rel.bss"),
|
2452 |
|
|
flags | SEC_READONLY);
|
2453 |
|
|
htab->srelbss = s;
|
2454 |
|
|
if (s == NULL
|
2455 |
|
|
|| ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, ptralign))
|
2456 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
2457 |
|
|
}
|
2458 |
|
|
}
|
2459 |
|
|
|
2460 |
|
|
if (htab->vxworks_p)
|
2461 |
|
|
{
|
2462 |
|
|
if (!elf_vxworks_create_dynamic_sections (abfd, info, &htab->srelplt2))
|
2463 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
2464 |
|
|
}
|
2465 |
|
|
|
2466 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
2467 |
|
|
}
|
2468 |
|
|
|
2469 |
|
|
/* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
|
2470 |
|
|
regular object. The current definition is in some section of the
|
2471 |
|
|
dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to
|
2472 |
|
|
change the definition to something the rest of the link can
|
2473 |
|
|
understand. */
|
2474 |
|
|
|
2475 |
|
|
static bfd_boolean
|
2476 |
|
|
sh_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
|
2477 |
|
|
struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
|
2478 |
|
|
{
|
2479 |
|
|
struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
|
2480 |
|
|
struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *eh;
|
2481 |
|
|
struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *p;
|
2482 |
|
|
asection *s;
|
2483 |
|
|
|
2484 |
|
|
htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
|
2485 |
|
|
|
2486 |
|
|
/* Make sure we know what is going on here. */
|
2487 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (htab->root.dynobj != NULL
|
2488 |
|
|
&& (h->needs_plt
|
2489 |
|
|
|| h->u.weakdef != NULL
|
2490 |
|
|
|| (h->def_dynamic
|
2491 |
|
|
&& h->ref_regular
|
2492 |
|
|
&& !h->def_regular)));
|
2493 |
|
|
|
2494 |
|
|
/* If this is a function, put it in the procedure linkage table. We
|
2495 |
|
|
will fill in the contents of the procedure linkage table later,
|
2496 |
|
|
when we know the address of the .got section. */
|
2497 |
|
|
if (h->type == STT_FUNC
|
2498 |
|
|
|| h->needs_plt)
|
2499 |
|
|
{
|
2500 |
|
|
if (h->plt.refcount <= 0
|
2501 |
|
|
|| SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)
|
2502 |
|
|
|| (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT
|
2503 |
|
|
&& h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
|
2504 |
|
|
{
|
2505 |
|
|
/* This case can occur if we saw a PLT reloc in an input
|
2506 |
|
|
file, but the symbol was never referred to by a dynamic
|
2507 |
|
|
object. In such a case, we don't actually need to build
|
2508 |
|
|
a procedure linkage table, and we can just do a REL32
|
2509 |
|
|
reloc instead. */
|
2510 |
|
|
h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
|
2511 |
|
|
h->needs_plt = 0;
|
2512 |
|
|
}
|
2513 |
|
|
|
2514 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
2515 |
|
|
}
|
2516 |
|
|
else
|
2517 |
|
|
h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
|
2518 |
|
|
|
2519 |
|
|
/* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
|
2520 |
|
|
processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
|
2521 |
|
|
real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */
|
2522 |
|
|
if (h->u.weakdef != NULL)
|
2523 |
|
|
{
|
2524 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (h->u.weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
|
2525 |
|
|
|| h->u.weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak);
|
2526 |
|
|
h->root.u.def.section = h->u.weakdef->root.u.def.section;
|
2527 |
|
|
h->root.u.def.value = h->u.weakdef->root.u.def.value;
|
2528 |
|
|
if (info->nocopyreloc)
|
2529 |
|
|
h->non_got_ref = h->u.weakdef->non_got_ref;
|
2530 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
2531 |
|
|
}
|
2532 |
|
|
|
2533 |
|
|
/* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which
|
2534 |
|
|
is not a function. */
|
2535 |
|
|
|
2536 |
|
|
/* If we are creating a shared library, we must presume that the
|
2537 |
|
|
only references to the symbol are via the global offset table.
|
2538 |
|
|
For such cases we need not do anything here; the relocations will
|
2539 |
|
|
be handled correctly by relocate_section. */
|
2540 |
|
|
if (info->shared)
|
2541 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
2542 |
|
|
|
2543 |
|
|
/* If there are no references to this symbol that do not use the
|
2544 |
|
|
GOT, we don't need to generate a copy reloc. */
|
2545 |
|
|
if (!h->non_got_ref)
|
2546 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
2547 |
|
|
|
2548 |
|
|
/* If -z nocopyreloc was given, we won't generate them either. */
|
2549 |
|
|
if (info->nocopyreloc)
|
2550 |
|
|
{
|
2551 |
|
|
h->non_got_ref = 0;
|
2552 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
2553 |
|
|
}
|
2554 |
|
|
|
2555 |
|
|
eh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h;
|
2556 |
|
|
for (p = eh->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next)
|
2557 |
|
|
{
|
2558 |
|
|
s = p->sec->output_section;
|
2559 |
|
|
if (s != NULL && (s->flags & (SEC_READONLY | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)) != 0)
|
2560 |
|
|
break;
|
2561 |
|
|
}
|
2562 |
|
|
|
2563 |
|
|
/* If we didn't find any dynamic relocs in sections which needs the
|
2564 |
|
|
copy reloc, then we'll be keeping the dynamic relocs and avoiding
|
2565 |
|
|
the copy reloc. */
|
2566 |
|
|
if (p == NULL)
|
2567 |
|
|
{
|
2568 |
|
|
h->non_got_ref = 0;
|
2569 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
2570 |
|
|
}
|
2571 |
|
|
|
2572 |
|
|
if (h->size == 0)
|
2573 |
|
|
{
|
2574 |
|
|
(*_bfd_error_handler) (_("dynamic variable `%s' is zero size"),
|
2575 |
|
|
h->root.root.string);
|
2576 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
2577 |
|
|
}
|
2578 |
|
|
|
2579 |
|
|
/* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will
|
2580 |
|
|
become part of the .bss section of the executable. There will be
|
2581 |
|
|
an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section. The dynamic
|
2582 |
|
|
object will contain position independent code, so all references
|
2583 |
|
|
from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global
|
2584 |
|
|
offset table. The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to
|
2585 |
|
|
determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so
|
2586 |
|
|
both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the
|
2587 |
|
|
same memory location for the variable. */
|
2588 |
|
|
|
2589 |
|
|
s = htab->sdynbss;
|
2590 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
|
2591 |
|
|
|
2592 |
|
|
/* We must generate a R_SH_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic linker to
|
2593 |
|
|
copy the initial value out of the dynamic object and into the
|
2594 |
|
|
runtime process image. We need to remember the offset into the
|
2595 |
|
|
.rela.bss section we are going to use. */
|
2596 |
|
|
if ((h->root.u.def.section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
|
2597 |
|
|
{
|
2598 |
|
|
asection *srel;
|
2599 |
|
|
|
2600 |
|
|
srel = htab->srelbss;
|
2601 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (srel != NULL);
|
2602 |
|
|
srel->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
|
2603 |
|
|
h->needs_copy = 1;
|
2604 |
|
|
}
|
2605 |
|
|
|
2606 |
|
|
return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (h, s);
|
2607 |
|
|
}
|
2608 |
|
|
|
2609 |
|
|
/* Allocate space in .plt, .got and associated reloc sections for
|
2610 |
|
|
dynamic relocs. */
|
2611 |
|
|
|
2612 |
|
|
static bfd_boolean
|
2613 |
|
|
allocate_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *inf)
|
2614 |
|
|
{
|
2615 |
|
|
struct bfd_link_info *info;
|
2616 |
|
|
struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
|
2617 |
|
|
struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *eh;
|
2618 |
|
|
struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *p;
|
2619 |
|
|
|
2620 |
|
|
if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect)
|
2621 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
2622 |
|
|
|
2623 |
|
|
if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
|
2624 |
|
|
/* When warning symbols are created, they **replace** the "real"
|
2625 |
|
|
entry in the hash table, thus we never get to see the real
|
2626 |
|
|
symbol in a hash traversal. So look at it now. */
|
2627 |
|
|
h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
|
2628 |
|
|
|
2629 |
|
|
info = (struct bfd_link_info *) inf;
|
2630 |
|
|
htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
|
2631 |
|
|
|
2632 |
|
|
eh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h;
|
2633 |
|
|
if ((h->got.refcount > 0
|
2634 |
|
|
|| h->forced_local)
|
2635 |
|
|
&& eh->gotplt_refcount > 0)
|
2636 |
|
|
{
|
2637 |
|
|
/* The symbol has been forced local, or we have some direct got refs,
|
2638 |
|
|
so treat all the gotplt refs as got refs. */
|
2639 |
|
|
h->got.refcount += eh->gotplt_refcount;
|
2640 |
|
|
if (h->plt.refcount >= eh->gotplt_refcount)
|
2641 |
|
|
h->plt.refcount -= eh->gotplt_refcount;
|
2642 |
|
|
}
|
2643 |
|
|
|
2644 |
|
|
if (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created
|
2645 |
|
|
&& h->plt.refcount > 0
|
2646 |
|
|
&& (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
|
2647 |
|
|
|| h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
|
2648 |
|
|
{
|
2649 |
|
|
/* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.
|
2650 |
|
|
Undefined weak syms won't yet be marked as dynamic. */
|
2651 |
|
|
if (h->dynindx == -1
|
2652 |
|
|
&& !h->forced_local)
|
2653 |
|
|
{
|
2654 |
|
|
if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
|
2655 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
2656 |
|
|
}
|
2657 |
|
|
|
2658 |
|
|
if (info->shared
|
2659 |
|
|
|| WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (1, 0, h))
|
2660 |
|
|
{
|
2661 |
|
|
asection *s = htab->splt;
|
2662 |
|
|
|
2663 |
|
|
/* If this is the first .plt entry, make room for the special
|
2664 |
|
|
first entry. */
|
2665 |
|
|
if (s->size == 0)
|
2666 |
|
|
s->size += htab->plt_info->plt0_entry_size;
|
2667 |
|
|
|
2668 |
|
|
h->plt.offset = s->size;
|
2669 |
|
|
|
2670 |
|
|
/* If this symbol is not defined in a regular file, and we are
|
2671 |
|
|
not generating a shared library, then set the symbol to this
|
2672 |
|
|
location in the .plt. This is required to make function
|
2673 |
|
|
pointers compare as equal between the normal executable and
|
2674 |
|
|
the shared library. */
|
2675 |
|
|
if (! info->shared
|
2676 |
|
|
&& !h->def_regular)
|
2677 |
|
|
{
|
2678 |
|
|
h->root.u.def.section = s;
|
2679 |
|
|
h->root.u.def.value = h->plt.offset;
|
2680 |
|
|
}
|
2681 |
|
|
|
2682 |
|
|
/* Make room for this entry. */
|
2683 |
|
|
s->size += htab->plt_info->symbol_entry_size;
|
2684 |
|
|
|
2685 |
|
|
/* We also need to make an entry in the .got.plt section, which
|
2686 |
|
|
will be placed in the .got section by the linker script. */
|
2687 |
|
|
htab->sgotplt->size += 4;
|
2688 |
|
|
|
2689 |
|
|
/* We also need to make an entry in the .rel.plt section. */
|
2690 |
|
|
htab->srelplt->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
|
2691 |
|
|
|
2692 |
|
|
if (htab->vxworks_p && !info->shared)
|
2693 |
|
|
{
|
2694 |
|
|
/* VxWorks executables have a second set of relocations
|
2695 |
|
|
for each PLT entry. They go in a separate relocation
|
2696 |
|
|
section, which is processed by the kernel loader. */
|
2697 |
|
|
|
2698 |
|
|
/* There is a relocation for the initial PLT entry:
|
2699 |
|
|
an R_SH_DIR32 relocation for _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
|
2700 |
|
|
if (h->plt.offset == htab->plt_info->plt0_entry_size)
|
2701 |
|
|
htab->srelplt2->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
|
2702 |
|
|
|
2703 |
|
|
/* There are two extra relocations for each subsequent
|
2704 |
|
|
PLT entry: an R_SH_DIR32 relocation for the GOT entry,
|
2705 |
|
|
and an R_SH_DIR32 relocation for the PLT entry. */
|
2706 |
|
|
htab->srelplt2->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela) * 2;
|
2707 |
|
|
}
|
2708 |
|
|
}
|
2709 |
|
|
else
|
2710 |
|
|
{
|
2711 |
|
|
h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
|
2712 |
|
|
h->needs_plt = 0;
|
2713 |
|
|
}
|
2714 |
|
|
}
|
2715 |
|
|
else
|
2716 |
|
|
{
|
2717 |
|
|
h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
|
2718 |
|
|
h->needs_plt = 0;
|
2719 |
|
|
}
|
2720 |
|
|
|
2721 |
|
|
if (h->got.refcount > 0)
|
2722 |
|
|
{
|
2723 |
|
|
asection *s;
|
2724 |
|
|
bfd_boolean dyn;
|
2725 |
|
|
int tls_type = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_type;
|
2726 |
|
|
|
2727 |
|
|
/* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.
|
2728 |
|
|
Undefined weak syms won't yet be marked as dynamic. */
|
2729 |
|
|
if (h->dynindx == -1
|
2730 |
|
|
&& !h->forced_local)
|
2731 |
|
|
{
|
2732 |
|
|
if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
|
2733 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
2734 |
|
|
}
|
2735 |
|
|
|
2736 |
|
|
s = htab->sgot;
|
2737 |
|
|
h->got.offset = s->size;
|
2738 |
|
|
s->size += 4;
|
2739 |
|
|
/* R_SH_TLS_GD needs 2 consecutive GOT slots. */
|
2740 |
|
|
if (tls_type == GOT_TLS_GD)
|
2741 |
|
|
s->size += 4;
|
2742 |
|
|
dyn = htab->root.dynamic_sections_created;
|
2743 |
|
|
/* R_SH_TLS_IE_32 needs one dynamic relocation if dynamic,
|
2744 |
|
|
R_SH_TLS_GD needs one if local symbol and two if global. */
|
2745 |
|
|
if ((tls_type == GOT_TLS_GD && h->dynindx == -1)
|
2746 |
|
|
|| (tls_type == GOT_TLS_IE && dyn))
|
2747 |
|
|
htab->srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
|
2748 |
|
|
else if (tls_type == GOT_TLS_GD)
|
2749 |
|
|
htab->srelgot->size += 2 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
|
2750 |
|
|
else if ((ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
|
2751 |
|
|
|| h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
|
2752 |
|
|
&& (info->shared
|
2753 |
|
|
|| WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, 0, h)))
|
2754 |
|
|
htab->srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
|
2755 |
|
|
}
|
2756 |
|
|
else
|
2757 |
|
|
h->got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
|
2758 |
|
|
|
2759 |
|
|
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
|
2760 |
|
|
if (eh->datalabel_got.refcount > 0)
|
2761 |
|
|
{
|
2762 |
|
|
asection *s;
|
2763 |
|
|
bfd_boolean dyn;
|
2764 |
|
|
|
2765 |
|
|
/* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.
|
2766 |
|
|
Undefined weak syms won't yet be marked as dynamic. */
|
2767 |
|
|
if (h->dynindx == -1
|
2768 |
|
|
&& !h->forced_local)
|
2769 |
|
|
{
|
2770 |
|
|
if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
|
2771 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
2772 |
|
|
}
|
2773 |
|
|
|
2774 |
|
|
s = htab->sgot;
|
2775 |
|
|
eh->datalabel_got.offset = s->size;
|
2776 |
|
|
s->size += 4;
|
2777 |
|
|
dyn = htab->root.dynamic_sections_created;
|
2778 |
|
|
if (WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, info->shared, h))
|
2779 |
|
|
htab->srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
|
2780 |
|
|
}
|
2781 |
|
|
else
|
2782 |
|
|
eh->datalabel_got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
|
2783 |
|
|
#endif
|
2784 |
|
|
|
2785 |
|
|
if (eh->dyn_relocs == NULL)
|
2786 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
2787 |
|
|
|
2788 |
|
|
/* In the shared -Bsymbolic case, discard space allocated for
|
2789 |
|
|
dynamic pc-relative relocs against symbols which turn out to be
|
2790 |
|
|
defined in regular objects. For the normal shared case, discard
|
2791 |
|
|
space for pc-relative relocs that have become local due to symbol
|
2792 |
|
|
visibility changes. */
|
2793 |
|
|
|
2794 |
|
|
if (info->shared)
|
2795 |
|
|
{
|
2796 |
|
|
if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
|
2797 |
|
|
{
|
2798 |
|
|
struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs **pp;
|
2799 |
|
|
|
2800 |
|
|
for (pp = &eh->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; )
|
2801 |
|
|
{
|
2802 |
|
|
p->count -= p->pc_count;
|
2803 |
|
|
p->pc_count = 0;
|
2804 |
|
|
if (p->count == 0)
|
2805 |
|
|
*pp = p->next;
|
2806 |
|
|
else
|
2807 |
|
|
pp = &p->next;
|
2808 |
|
|
}
|
2809 |
|
|
}
|
2810 |
|
|
|
2811 |
225 |
jeremybenn |
if (htab->vxworks_p)
|
2812 |
|
|
{
|
2813 |
|
|
struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs **pp;
|
2814 |
|
|
|
2815 |
|
|
for (pp = &eh->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; )
|
2816 |
|
|
{
|
2817 |
|
|
if (strcmp (p->sec->output_section->name, ".tls_vars") == 0)
|
2818 |
|
|
*pp = p->next;
|
2819 |
|
|
else
|
2820 |
|
|
pp = &p->next;
|
2821 |
|
|
}
|
2822 |
|
|
}
|
2823 |
|
|
|
2824 |
24 |
jeremybenn |
/* Also discard relocs on undefined weak syms with non-default
|
2825 |
|
|
visibility. */
|
2826 |
|
|
if (eh->dyn_relocs != NULL
|
2827 |
|
|
&& h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
|
2828 |
|
|
{
|
2829 |
|
|
if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT)
|
2830 |
|
|
eh->dyn_relocs = NULL;
|
2831 |
|
|
|
2832 |
|
|
/* Make sure undefined weak symbols are output as a dynamic
|
2833 |
|
|
symbol in PIEs. */
|
2834 |
|
|
else if (h->dynindx == -1
|
2835 |
|
|
&& !h->forced_local)
|
2836 |
|
|
{
|
2837 |
|
|
if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
|
2838 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
2839 |
|
|
}
|
2840 |
|
|
}
|
2841 |
|
|
}
|
2842 |
|
|
else
|
2843 |
|
|
{
|
2844 |
|
|
/* For the non-shared case, discard space for relocs against
|
2845 |
|
|
symbols which turn out to need copy relocs or are not
|
2846 |
|
|
dynamic. */
|
2847 |
|
|
|
2848 |
|
|
if (!h->non_got_ref
|
2849 |
|
|
&& ((h->def_dynamic
|
2850 |
|
|
&& !h->def_regular)
|
2851 |
|
|
|| (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created
|
2852 |
|
|
&& (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
|
2853 |
|
|
|| h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined))))
|
2854 |
|
|
{
|
2855 |
|
|
/* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.
|
2856 |
|
|
Undefined weak syms won't yet be marked as dynamic. */
|
2857 |
|
|
if (h->dynindx == -1
|
2858 |
|
|
&& !h->forced_local)
|
2859 |
|
|
{
|
2860 |
|
|
if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
|
2861 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
2862 |
|
|
}
|
2863 |
|
|
|
2864 |
|
|
/* If that succeeded, we know we'll be keeping all the
|
2865 |
|
|
relocs. */
|
2866 |
|
|
if (h->dynindx != -1)
|
2867 |
|
|
goto keep;
|
2868 |
|
|
}
|
2869 |
|
|
|
2870 |
|
|
eh->dyn_relocs = NULL;
|
2871 |
|
|
|
2872 |
|
|
keep: ;
|
2873 |
|
|
}
|
2874 |
|
|
|
2875 |
|
|
/* Finally, allocate space. */
|
2876 |
|
|
for (p = eh->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next)
|
2877 |
|
|
{
|
2878 |
|
|
asection *sreloc = elf_section_data (p->sec)->sreloc;
|
2879 |
|
|
sreloc->size += p->count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
|
2880 |
|
|
}
|
2881 |
|
|
|
2882 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
2883 |
|
|
}
|
2884 |
|
|
|
2885 |
|
|
/* Find any dynamic relocs that apply to read-only sections. */
|
2886 |
|
|
|
2887 |
|
|
static bfd_boolean
|
2888 |
|
|
readonly_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *inf)
|
2889 |
|
|
{
|
2890 |
|
|
struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *eh;
|
2891 |
|
|
struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *p;
|
2892 |
|
|
|
2893 |
|
|
if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
|
2894 |
|
|
h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
|
2895 |
|
|
|
2896 |
|
|
eh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h;
|
2897 |
|
|
for (p = eh->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next)
|
2898 |
|
|
{
|
2899 |
|
|
asection *s = p->sec->output_section;
|
2900 |
|
|
|
2901 |
|
|
if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0)
|
2902 |
|
|
{
|
2903 |
|
|
struct bfd_link_info *info = (struct bfd_link_info *) inf;
|
2904 |
|
|
|
2905 |
|
|
info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
|
2906 |
|
|
|
2907 |
|
|
/* Not an error, just cut short the traversal. */
|
2908 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
2909 |
|
|
}
|
2910 |
|
|
}
|
2911 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
2912 |
|
|
}
|
2913 |
|
|
|
2914 |
|
|
/* This function is called after all the input files have been read,
|
2915 |
|
|
and the input sections have been assigned to output sections.
|
2916 |
|
|
It's a convenient place to determine the PLT style. */
|
2917 |
|
|
|
2918 |
|
|
static bfd_boolean
|
2919 |
|
|
sh_elf_always_size_sections (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
|
2920 |
|
|
{
|
2921 |
|
|
sh_elf_hash_table (info)->plt_info = get_plt_info (output_bfd, info->shared);
|
2922 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
2923 |
|
|
}
|
2924 |
|
|
|
2925 |
|
|
/* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */
|
2926 |
|
|
|
2927 |
|
|
static bfd_boolean
|
2928 |
|
|
sh_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
2929 |
|
|
struct bfd_link_info *info)
|
2930 |
|
|
{
|
2931 |
|
|
struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
|
2932 |
|
|
bfd *dynobj;
|
2933 |
|
|
asection *s;
|
2934 |
|
|
bfd_boolean relocs;
|
2935 |
|
|
bfd *ibfd;
|
2936 |
|
|
|
2937 |
|
|
htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
|
2938 |
|
|
dynobj = htab->root.dynobj;
|
2939 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (dynobj != NULL);
|
2940 |
|
|
|
2941 |
|
|
if (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created)
|
2942 |
|
|
{
|
2943 |
|
|
/* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */
|
2944 |
|
|
if (info->executable)
|
2945 |
|
|
{
|
2946 |
|
|
s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".interp");
|
2947 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
|
2948 |
|
|
s->size = sizeof ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER;
|
2949 |
|
|
s->contents = (unsigned char *) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER;
|
2950 |
|
|
}
|
2951 |
|
|
}
|
2952 |
|
|
|
2953 |
|
|
/* Set up .got offsets for local syms, and space for local dynamic
|
2954 |
|
|
relocs. */
|
2955 |
|
|
for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link_next)
|
2956 |
|
|
{
|
2957 |
|
|
bfd_signed_vma *local_got;
|
2958 |
|
|
bfd_signed_vma *end_local_got;
|
2959 |
|
|
char *local_tls_type;
|
2960 |
|
|
bfd_size_type locsymcount;
|
2961 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
|
2962 |
|
|
asection *srel;
|
2963 |
|
|
|
2964 |
|
|
if (! is_sh_elf (ibfd))
|
2965 |
|
|
continue;
|
2966 |
|
|
|
2967 |
|
|
for (s = ibfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
|
2968 |
|
|
{
|
2969 |
|
|
struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *p;
|
2970 |
|
|
|
2971 |
|
|
for (p = ((struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *)
|
2972 |
|
|
elf_section_data (s)->local_dynrel);
|
2973 |
|
|
p != NULL;
|
2974 |
|
|
p = p->next)
|
2975 |
|
|
{
|
2976 |
|
|
if (! bfd_is_abs_section (p->sec)
|
2977 |
|
|
&& bfd_is_abs_section (p->sec->output_section))
|
2978 |
|
|
{
|
2979 |
|
|
/* Input section has been discarded, either because
|
2980 |
|
|
it is a copy of a linkonce section or due to
|
2981 |
|
|
linker script /DISCARD/, so we'll be discarding
|
2982 |
|
|
the relocs too. */
|
2983 |
|
|
}
|
2984 |
225 |
jeremybenn |
else if (htab->vxworks_p
|
2985 |
|
|
&& strcmp (p->sec->output_section->name,
|
2986 |
|
|
".tls_vars") == 0)
|
2987 |
|
|
{
|
2988 |
|
|
/* Relocations in vxworks .tls_vars sections are
|
2989 |
|
|
handled specially by the loader. */
|
2990 |
|
|
}
|
2991 |
24 |
jeremybenn |
else if (p->count != 0)
|
2992 |
|
|
{
|
2993 |
|
|
srel = elf_section_data (p->sec)->sreloc;
|
2994 |
|
|
srel->size += p->count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
|
2995 |
|
|
if ((p->sec->output_section->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0)
|
2996 |
|
|
info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
|
2997 |
|
|
}
|
2998 |
|
|
}
|
2999 |
|
|
}
|
3000 |
|
|
|
3001 |
|
|
local_got = elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd);
|
3002 |
|
|
if (!local_got)
|
3003 |
|
|
continue;
|
3004 |
|
|
|
3005 |
|
|
symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd);
|
3006 |
|
|
locsymcount = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
|
3007 |
|
|
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
|
3008 |
|
|
/* Count datalabel local GOT. */
|
3009 |
|
|
locsymcount *= 2;
|
3010 |
|
|
#endif
|
3011 |
|
|
end_local_got = local_got + locsymcount;
|
3012 |
|
|
local_tls_type = sh_elf_local_got_tls_type (ibfd);
|
3013 |
|
|
s = htab->sgot;
|
3014 |
|
|
srel = htab->srelgot;
|
3015 |
|
|
for (; local_got < end_local_got; ++local_got)
|
3016 |
|
|
{
|
3017 |
|
|
if (*local_got > 0)
|
3018 |
|
|
{
|
3019 |
|
|
*local_got = s->size;
|
3020 |
|
|
s->size += 4;
|
3021 |
|
|
if (*local_tls_type == GOT_TLS_GD)
|
3022 |
|
|
s->size += 4;
|
3023 |
|
|
if (info->shared)
|
3024 |
|
|
srel->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
|
3025 |
|
|
}
|
3026 |
|
|
else
|
3027 |
|
|
*local_got = (bfd_vma) -1;
|
3028 |
|
|
++local_tls_type;
|
3029 |
|
|
}
|
3030 |
|
|
}
|
3031 |
|
|
|
3032 |
|
|
if (htab->tls_ldm_got.refcount > 0)
|
3033 |
|
|
{
|
3034 |
|
|
/* Allocate 2 got entries and 1 dynamic reloc for R_SH_TLS_LD_32
|
3035 |
|
|
relocs. */
|
3036 |
|
|
htab->tls_ldm_got.offset = htab->sgot->size;
|
3037 |
|
|
htab->sgot->size += 8;
|
3038 |
|
|
htab->srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
|
3039 |
|
|
}
|
3040 |
|
|
else
|
3041 |
|
|
htab->tls_ldm_got.offset = -1;
|
3042 |
|
|
|
3043 |
|
|
/* Allocate global sym .plt and .got entries, and space for global
|
3044 |
|
|
sym dynamic relocs. */
|
3045 |
|
|
elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab->root, allocate_dynrelocs, info);
|
3046 |
|
|
|
3047 |
|
|
/* We now have determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections.
|
3048 |
|
|
Allocate memory for them. */
|
3049 |
|
|
relocs = FALSE;
|
3050 |
|
|
for (s = dynobj->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
|
3051 |
|
|
{
|
3052 |
|
|
if ((s->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) == 0)
|
3053 |
|
|
continue;
|
3054 |
|
|
|
3055 |
|
|
if (s == htab->splt
|
3056 |
|
|
|| s == htab->sgot
|
3057 |
|
|
|| s == htab->sgotplt
|
3058 |
|
|
|| s == htab->sdynbss)
|
3059 |
|
|
{
|
3060 |
|
|
/* Strip this section if we don't need it; see the
|
3061 |
|
|
comment below. */
|
3062 |
|
|
}
|
3063 |
|
|
else if (CONST_STRNEQ (bfd_get_section_name (dynobj, s), ".rela"))
|
3064 |
|
|
{
|
3065 |
|
|
if (s->size != 0 && s != htab->srelplt && s != htab->srelplt2)
|
3066 |
|
|
relocs = TRUE;
|
3067 |
|
|
|
3068 |
|
|
/* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
|
3069 |
|
|
to copy relocs into the output file. */
|
3070 |
|
|
s->reloc_count = 0;
|
3071 |
|
|
}
|
3072 |
|
|
else
|
3073 |
|
|
{
|
3074 |
|
|
/* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */
|
3075 |
|
|
continue;
|
3076 |
|
|
}
|
3077 |
|
|
|
3078 |
|
|
if (s->size == 0)
|
3079 |
|
|
{
|
3080 |
|
|
/* If we don't need this section, strip it from the
|
3081 |
|
|
output file. This is mostly to handle .rela.bss and
|
3082 |
|
|
.rela.plt. We must create both sections in
|
3083 |
|
|
create_dynamic_sections, because they must be created
|
3084 |
|
|
before the linker maps input sections to output
|
3085 |
|
|
sections. The linker does that before
|
3086 |
|
|
adjust_dynamic_symbol is called, and it is that
|
3087 |
|
|
function which decides whether anything needs to go
|
3088 |
|
|
into these sections. */
|
3089 |
|
|
|
3090 |
|
|
s->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
|
3091 |
|
|
continue;
|
3092 |
|
|
}
|
3093 |
|
|
|
3094 |
|
|
if ((s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0)
|
3095 |
|
|
continue;
|
3096 |
|
|
|
3097 |
|
|
/* Allocate memory for the section contents. We use bfd_zalloc
|
3098 |
|
|
here in case unused entries are not reclaimed before the
|
3099 |
|
|
section's contents are written out. This should not happen,
|
3100 |
|
|
but this way if it does, we get a R_SH_NONE reloc instead
|
3101 |
|
|
of garbage. */
|
3102 |
|
|
s->contents = (bfd_byte *) bfd_zalloc (dynobj, s->size);
|
3103 |
|
|
if (s->contents == NULL)
|
3104 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
3105 |
|
|
}
|
3106 |
|
|
|
3107 |
|
|
if (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created)
|
3108 |
|
|
{
|
3109 |
|
|
/* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the
|
3110 |
|
|
values later, in sh_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
|
3111 |
|
|
must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
|
3112 |
|
|
the .dynamic section. The DT_DEBUG entry is filled in by the
|
3113 |
|
|
dynamic linker and used by the debugger. */
|
3114 |
|
|
#define add_dynamic_entry(TAG, VAL) \
|
3115 |
|
|
_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, TAG, VAL)
|
3116 |
|
|
|
3117 |
|
|
if (info->executable)
|
3118 |
|
|
{
|
3119 |
|
|
if (! add_dynamic_entry (DT_DEBUG, 0))
|
3120 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
3121 |
|
|
}
|
3122 |
|
|
|
3123 |
|
|
if (htab->splt->size != 0)
|
3124 |
|
|
{
|
3125 |
|
|
if (! add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTGOT, 0)
|
3126 |
|
|
|| ! add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTRELSZ, 0)
|
3127 |
|
|
|| ! add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTREL, DT_RELA)
|
3128 |
|
|
|| ! add_dynamic_entry (DT_JMPREL, 0))
|
3129 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
3130 |
|
|
}
|
3131 |
|
|
|
3132 |
|
|
if (relocs)
|
3133 |
|
|
{
|
3134 |
|
|
if (! add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELA, 0)
|
3135 |
|
|
|| ! add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELASZ, 0)
|
3136 |
|
|
|| ! add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELAENT,
|
3137 |
|
|
sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)))
|
3138 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
3139 |
|
|
|
3140 |
|
|
/* If any dynamic relocs apply to a read-only section,
|
3141 |
|
|
then we need a DT_TEXTREL entry. */
|
3142 |
|
|
if ((info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) == 0)
|
3143 |
|
|
elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab->root, readonly_dynrelocs, info);
|
3144 |
|
|
|
3145 |
|
|
if ((info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) != 0)
|
3146 |
|
|
{
|
3147 |
|
|
if (! add_dynamic_entry (DT_TEXTREL, 0))
|
3148 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
3149 |
|
|
}
|
3150 |
|
|
}
|
3151 |
|
|
if (htab->vxworks_p
|
3152 |
|
|
&& !elf_vxworks_add_dynamic_entries (output_bfd, info))
|
3153 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
3154 |
|
|
}
|
3155 |
|
|
#undef add_dynamic_entry
|
3156 |
|
|
|
3157 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
3158 |
|
|
}
|
3159 |
|
|
|
3160 |
|
|
/* Relocate an SH ELF section. */
|
3161 |
|
|
|
3162 |
|
|
static bfd_boolean
|
3163 |
|
|
sh_elf_relocate_section (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
|
3164 |
|
|
bfd *input_bfd, asection *input_section,
|
3165 |
|
|
bfd_byte *contents, Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs,
|
3166 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms,
|
3167 |
|
|
asection **local_sections)
|
3168 |
|
|
{
|
3169 |
|
|
struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
|
3170 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
|
3171 |
|
|
struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
|
3172 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, *relend;
|
3173 |
|
|
bfd *dynobj;
|
3174 |
|
|
bfd_vma *local_got_offsets;
|
3175 |
|
|
asection *sgot;
|
3176 |
|
|
asection *sgotplt;
|
3177 |
|
|
asection *splt;
|
3178 |
|
|
asection *sreloc;
|
3179 |
|
|
asection *srelgot;
|
3180 |
225 |
jeremybenn |
bfd_boolean is_vxworks_tls;
|
3181 |
24 |
jeremybenn |
|
3182 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (is_sh_elf (input_bfd));
|
3183 |
|
|
|
3184 |
|
|
htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
|
3185 |
|
|
symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (input_bfd);
|
3186 |
|
|
sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd);
|
3187 |
|
|
dynobj = htab->root.dynobj;
|
3188 |
|
|
local_got_offsets = elf_local_got_offsets (input_bfd);
|
3189 |
|
|
|
3190 |
|
|
sgot = htab->sgot;
|
3191 |
|
|
sgotplt = htab->sgotplt;
|
3192 |
|
|
splt = htab->splt;
|
3193 |
|
|
sreloc = NULL;
|
3194 |
|
|
srelgot = NULL;
|
3195 |
225 |
jeremybenn |
/* We have to handle relocations in vxworks .tls_vars sections
|
3196 |
|
|
specially, because the dynamic loader is 'weird'. */
|
3197 |
|
|
is_vxworks_tls = (htab->vxworks_p && info->shared
|
3198 |
|
|
&& !strcmp (input_section->output_section->name,
|
3199 |
|
|
".tls_vars"));
|
3200 |
24 |
jeremybenn |
|
3201 |
|
|
rel = relocs;
|
3202 |
|
|
relend = relocs + input_section->reloc_count;
|
3203 |
|
|
for (; rel < relend; rel++)
|
3204 |
|
|
{
|
3205 |
|
|
int r_type;
|
3206 |
|
|
reloc_howto_type *howto;
|
3207 |
|
|
unsigned long r_symndx;
|
3208 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
|
3209 |
|
|
asection *sec;
|
3210 |
|
|
struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
|
3211 |
|
|
bfd_vma relocation;
|
3212 |
|
|
bfd_vma addend = (bfd_vma) 0;
|
3213 |
|
|
bfd_reloc_status_type r;
|
3214 |
|
|
int seen_stt_datalabel = 0;
|
3215 |
|
|
bfd_vma off;
|
3216 |
|
|
int tls_type;
|
3217 |
|
|
|
3218 |
|
|
r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
|
3219 |
|
|
|
3220 |
|
|
r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
|
3221 |
|
|
|
3222 |
|
|
/* Many of the relocs are only used for relaxing, and are
|
3223 |
|
|
handled entirely by the relaxation code. */
|
3224 |
|
|
if (r_type >= (int) R_SH_GNU_VTINHERIT
|
3225 |
|
|
&& r_type <= (int) R_SH_LABEL)
|
3226 |
|
|
continue;
|
3227 |
|
|
if (r_type == (int) R_SH_NONE)
|
3228 |
|
|
continue;
|
3229 |
|
|
|
3230 |
|
|
if (r_type < 0
|
3231 |
|
|
|| r_type >= R_SH_max
|
3232 |
|
|
|| (r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC
|
3233 |
|
|
&& r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC)
|
3234 |
|
|
|| ( r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_3
|
3235 |
|
|
&& r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_3)
|
3236 |
|
|
|| ( r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_4
|
3237 |
|
|
&& r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_4)
|
3238 |
|
|
|| ( r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_5
|
3239 |
|
|
&& r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_5)
|
3240 |
|
|
|| (r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_2
|
3241 |
|
|
&& r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_2))
|
3242 |
|
|
{
|
3243 |
|
|
bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
|
3244 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
3245 |
|
|
}
|
3246 |
|
|
|
3247 |
|
|
howto = get_howto_table (output_bfd) + r_type;
|
3248 |
|
|
|
3249 |
|
|
/* For relocs that aren't partial_inplace, we get the addend from
|
3250 |
|
|
the relocation. */
|
3251 |
|
|
if (! howto->partial_inplace)
|
3252 |
|
|
addend = rel->r_addend;
|
3253 |
|
|
|
3254 |
|
|
h = NULL;
|
3255 |
|
|
sym = NULL;
|
3256 |
|
|
sec = NULL;
|
3257 |
|
|
if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
|
3258 |
|
|
{
|
3259 |
|
|
sym = local_syms + r_symndx;
|
3260 |
|
|
sec = local_sections[r_symndx];
|
3261 |
|
|
relocation = (sec->output_section->vma
|
3262 |
|
|
+ sec->output_offset
|
3263 |
|
|
+ sym->st_value);
|
3264 |
|
|
/* A local symbol never has STO_SH5_ISA32, so we don't need
|
3265 |
|
|
datalabel processing here. Make sure this does not change
|
3266 |
|
|
without notice. */
|
3267 |
|
|
if ((sym->st_other & STO_SH5_ISA32) != 0)
|
3268 |
|
|
((*info->callbacks->reloc_dangerous)
|
3269 |
|
|
(info,
|
3270 |
|
|
_("Unexpected STO_SH5_ISA32 on local symbol is not handled"),
|
3271 |
|
|
input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset));
|
3272 |
|
|
|
3273 |
|
|
if (sec != NULL && elf_discarded_section (sec))
|
3274 |
|
|
/* Handled below. */
|
3275 |
|
|
;
|
3276 |
|
|
else if (info->relocatable)
|
3277 |
|
|
{
|
3278 |
|
|
/* This is a relocatable link. We don't have to change
|
3279 |
|
|
anything, unless the reloc is against a section symbol,
|
3280 |
|
|
in which case we have to adjust according to where the
|
3281 |
|
|
section symbol winds up in the output section. */
|
3282 |
|
|
if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION)
|
3283 |
|
|
{
|
3284 |
|
|
if (! howto->partial_inplace)
|
3285 |
|
|
{
|
3286 |
|
|
/* For relocations with the addend in the
|
3287 |
|
|
relocation, we need just to update the addend.
|
3288 |
|
|
All real relocs are of type partial_inplace; this
|
3289 |
|
|
code is mostly for completeness. */
|
3290 |
|
|
rel->r_addend += sec->output_offset;
|
3291 |
|
|
|
3292 |
|
|
continue;
|
3293 |
|
|
}
|
3294 |
|
|
|
3295 |
|
|
/* Relocs of type partial_inplace need to pick up the
|
3296 |
|
|
contents in the contents and add the offset resulting
|
3297 |
|
|
from the changed location of the section symbol.
|
3298 |
|
|
Using _bfd_final_link_relocate (e.g. goto
|
3299 |
|
|
final_link_relocate) here would be wrong, because
|
3300 |
|
|
relocations marked pc_relative would get the current
|
3301 |
|
|
location subtracted, and we must only do that at the
|
3302 |
|
|
final link. */
|
3303 |
|
|
r = _bfd_relocate_contents (howto, input_bfd,
|
3304 |
|
|
sec->output_offset
|
3305 |
|
|
+ sym->st_value,
|
3306 |
|
|
contents + rel->r_offset);
|
3307 |
|
|
goto relocation_done;
|
3308 |
|
|
}
|
3309 |
|
|
|
3310 |
|
|
continue;
|
3311 |
|
|
}
|
3312 |
|
|
else if (! howto->partial_inplace)
|
3313 |
|
|
{
|
3314 |
|
|
relocation = _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd, sym, &sec, rel);
|
3315 |
|
|
addend = rel->r_addend;
|
3316 |
|
|
}
|
3317 |
|
|
else if ((sec->flags & SEC_MERGE)
|
3318 |
|
|
&& ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION)
|
3319 |
|
|
{
|
3320 |
|
|
asection *msec;
|
3321 |
|
|
|
3322 |
|
|
if (howto->rightshift || howto->src_mask != 0xffffffff)
|
3323 |
|
|
{
|
3324 |
|
|
(*_bfd_error_handler)
|
3325 |
|
|
(_("%B(%A+0x%lx): %s relocation against SEC_MERGE section"),
|
3326 |
|
|
input_bfd, input_section,
|
3327 |
|
|
(long) rel->r_offset, howto->name);
|
3328 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
3329 |
|
|
}
|
3330 |
|
|
|
3331 |
|
|
addend = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset);
|
3332 |
|
|
msec = sec;
|
3333 |
|
|
addend =
|
3334 |
|
|
_bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (output_bfd, sym, &msec, addend)
|
3335 |
|
|
- relocation;
|
3336 |
|
|
addend += msec->output_section->vma + msec->output_offset;
|
3337 |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, addend, contents + rel->r_offset);
|
3338 |
|
|
addend = 0;
|
3339 |
|
|
}
|
3340 |
|
|
}
|
3341 |
|
|
else
|
3342 |
|
|
{
|
3343 |
|
|
/* FIXME: Ought to make use of the RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL macro. */
|
3344 |
|
|
|
3345 |
|
|
relocation = 0;
|
3346 |
|
|
h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
|
3347 |
|
|
while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
|
3348 |
|
|
|| h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
|
3349 |
|
|
{
|
3350 |
|
|
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
|
3351 |
|
|
/* If the reference passes a symbol marked with
|
3352 |
|
|
STT_DATALABEL, then any STO_SH5_ISA32 on the final value
|
3353 |
|
|
doesn't count. */
|
3354 |
|
|
seen_stt_datalabel |= h->type == STT_DATALABEL;
|
3355 |
|
|
#endif
|
3356 |
|
|
h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
|
3357 |
|
|
}
|
3358 |
|
|
if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
|
3359 |
|
|
|| h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
|
3360 |
|
|
{
|
3361 |
|
|
bfd_boolean dyn;
|
3362 |
|
|
|
3363 |
|
|
dyn = htab->root.dynamic_sections_created;
|
3364 |
|
|
sec = h->root.u.def.section;
|
3365 |
|
|
/* In these cases, we don't need the relocation value.
|
3366 |
|
|
We check specially because in some obscure cases
|
3367 |
|
|
sec->output_section will be NULL. */
|
3368 |
|
|
if (r_type == R_SH_GOTPC
|
3369 |
|
|
|| r_type == R_SH_GOTPC_LOW16
|
3370 |
|
|
|| r_type == R_SH_GOTPC_MEDLOW16
|
3371 |
|
|
|| r_type == R_SH_GOTPC_MEDHI16
|
3372 |
|
|
|| r_type == R_SH_GOTPC_HI16
|
3373 |
|
|
|| ((r_type == R_SH_PLT32
|
3374 |
|
|
|| r_type == R_SH_PLT_LOW16
|
3375 |
|
|
|| r_type == R_SH_PLT_MEDLOW16
|
3376 |
|
|
|| r_type == R_SH_PLT_MEDHI16
|
3377 |
|
|
|| r_type == R_SH_PLT_HI16)
|
3378 |
|
|
&& h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
|
3379 |
|
|
|| ((r_type == R_SH_GOT32
|
3380 |
|
|
|| r_type == R_SH_GOT_LOW16
|
3381 |
|
|
|| r_type == R_SH_GOT_MEDLOW16
|
3382 |
|
|
|| r_type == R_SH_GOT_MEDHI16
|
3383 |
|
|
|| r_type == R_SH_GOT_HI16)
|
3384 |
|
|
&& WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, info->shared, h)
|
3385 |
|
|
&& (! info->shared
|
3386 |
|
|
|| (! info->symbolic && h->dynindx != -1)
|
3387 |
|
|
|| !h->def_regular))
|
3388 |
|
|
/* The cases above are those in which relocation is
|
3389 |
|
|
overwritten in the switch block below. The cases
|
3390 |
|
|
below are those in which we must defer relocation
|
3391 |
|
|
to run-time, because we can't resolve absolute
|
3392 |
|
|
addresses when creating a shared library. */
|
3393 |
|
|
|| (info->shared
|
3394 |
|
|
&& ((! info->symbolic && h->dynindx != -1)
|
3395 |
|
|
|| !h->def_regular)
|
3396 |
|
|
&& ((r_type == R_SH_DIR32
|
3397 |
|
|
&& !h->forced_local)
|
3398 |
|
|
|| (r_type == R_SH_REL32
|
3399 |
|
|
&& !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)))
|
3400 |
|
|
&& ((input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
|
3401 |
|
|
/* DWARF will emit R_SH_DIR32 relocations in its
|
3402 |
|
|
sections against symbols defined externally
|
3403 |
|
|
in shared libraries. We can't do anything
|
3404 |
|
|
with them here. */
|
3405 |
|
|
|| ((input_section->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0
|
3406 |
|
|
&& h->def_dynamic)))
|
3407 |
|
|
/* Dynamic relocs are not propagated for SEC_DEBUGGING
|
3408 |
|
|
sections because such sections are not SEC_ALLOC and
|
3409 |
|
|
thus ld.so will not process them. */
|
3410 |
|
|
|| (sec->output_section == NULL
|
3411 |
|
|
&& ((input_section->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0
|
3412 |
|
|
&& h->def_dynamic))
|
3413 |
|
|
|| (sec->output_section == NULL
|
3414 |
|
|
&& (sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_type == GOT_TLS_IE
|
3415 |
|
|
|| sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_type == GOT_TLS_GD)))
|
3416 |
|
|
;
|
3417 |
|
|
else if (sec->output_section != NULL)
|
3418 |
|
|
relocation = ((h->root.u.def.value
|
3419 |
|
|
+ sec->output_section->vma
|
3420 |
|
|
+ sec->output_offset)
|
3421 |
|
|
/* A STO_SH5_ISA32 causes a "bitor 1" to the
|
3422 |
|
|
symbol value, unless we've seen
|
3423 |
|
|
STT_DATALABEL on the way to it. */
|
3424 |
|
|
| ((h->other & STO_SH5_ISA32) != 0
|
3425 |
|
|
&& ! seen_stt_datalabel));
|
3426 |
|
|
else if (!info->relocatable)
|
3427 |
|
|
{
|
3428 |
|
|
(*_bfd_error_handler)
|
3429 |
|
|
(_("%B(%A+0x%lx): unresolvable %s relocation against symbol `%s'"),
|
3430 |
|
|
input_bfd,
|
3431 |
|
|
input_section,
|
3432 |
|
|
(long) rel->r_offset,
|
3433 |
|
|
howto->name,
|
3434 |
|
|
h->root.root.string);
|
3435 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
3436 |
|
|
}
|
3437 |
|
|
}
|
3438 |
|
|
else if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
|
3439 |
|
|
;
|
3440 |
|
|
else if (info->unresolved_syms_in_objects == RM_IGNORE
|
3441 |
|
|
&& ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT)
|
3442 |
|
|
;
|
3443 |
|
|
else if (!info->relocatable)
|
3444 |
|
|
{
|
3445 |
|
|
if (! info->callbacks->undefined_symbol
|
3446 |
|
|
(info, h->root.root.string, input_bfd,
|
3447 |
|
|
input_section, rel->r_offset,
|
3448 |
|
|
(info->unresolved_syms_in_objects == RM_GENERATE_ERROR
|
3449 |
|
|
|| ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other))))
|
3450 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
3451 |
|
|
}
|
3452 |
|
|
}
|
3453 |
|
|
|
3454 |
|
|
if (sec != NULL && elf_discarded_section (sec))
|
3455 |
|
|
{
|
3456 |
|
|
/* For relocs against symbols from removed linkonce sections,
|
3457 |
|
|
or sections discarded by a linker script, we just want the
|
3458 |
|
|
section contents zeroed. Avoid any special processing. */
|
3459 |
|
|
_bfd_clear_contents (howto, input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset);
|
3460 |
|
|
rel->r_info = 0;
|
3461 |
|
|
rel->r_addend = 0;
|
3462 |
|
|
continue;
|
3463 |
|
|
}
|
3464 |
|
|
|
3465 |
|
|
if (info->relocatable)
|
3466 |
|
|
continue;
|
3467 |
|
|
|
3468 |
|
|
switch ((int) r_type)
|
3469 |
|
|
{
|
3470 |
|
|
final_link_relocate:
|
3471 |
|
|
/* COFF relocs don't use the addend. The addend is used for
|
3472 |
|
|
R_SH_DIR32 to be compatible with other compilers. */
|
3473 |
|
|
r = _bfd_final_link_relocate (howto, input_bfd, input_section,
|
3474 |
|
|
contents, rel->r_offset,
|
3475 |
|
|
relocation, addend);
|
3476 |
|
|
break;
|
3477 |
|
|
|
3478 |
|
|
case R_SH_IND12W:
|
3479 |
|
|
goto final_link_relocate;
|
3480 |
|
|
|
3481 |
|
|
case R_SH_DIR8WPN:
|
3482 |
|
|
case R_SH_DIR8WPZ:
|
3483 |
|
|
case R_SH_DIR8WPL:
|
3484 |
|
|
/* If the reloc is against the start of this section, then
|
3485 |
|
|
the assembler has already taken care of it and the reloc
|
3486 |
|
|
is here only to assist in relaxing. If the reloc is not
|
3487 |
|
|
against the start of this section, then it's against an
|
3488 |
|
|
external symbol and we must deal with it ourselves. */
|
3489 |
|
|
if (input_section->output_section->vma + input_section->output_offset
|
3490 |
|
|
!= relocation)
|
3491 |
|
|
{
|
3492 |
|
|
int disp = (relocation
|
3493 |
|
|
- input_section->output_section->vma
|
3494 |
|
|
- input_section->output_offset
|
3495 |
|
|
- rel->r_offset);
|
3496 |
|
|
int mask = 0;
|
3497 |
|
|
switch (r_type)
|
3498 |
|
|
{
|
3499 |
|
|
case R_SH_DIR8WPN:
|
3500 |
|
|
case R_SH_DIR8WPZ: mask = 1; break;
|
3501 |
|
|
case R_SH_DIR8WPL: mask = 3; break;
|
3502 |
|
|
default: mask = 0; break;
|
3503 |
|
|
}
|
3504 |
|
|
if (disp & mask)
|
3505 |
|
|
{
|
3506 |
|
|
((*_bfd_error_handler)
|
3507 |
|
|
(_("%B: 0x%lx: fatal: unaligned branch target for relax-support relocation"),
|
3508 |
|
|
input_section->owner,
|
3509 |
|
|
(unsigned long) rel->r_offset));
|
3510 |
|
|
bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
|
3511 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
3512 |
|
|
}
|
3513 |
|
|
relocation -= 4;
|
3514 |
|
|
goto final_link_relocate;
|
3515 |
|
|
}
|
3516 |
|
|
r = bfd_reloc_ok;
|
3517 |
|
|
break;
|
3518 |
|
|
|
3519 |
|
|
default:
|
3520 |
|
|
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
|
3521 |
|
|
if (shmedia_prepare_reloc (info, input_bfd, input_section,
|
3522 |
|
|
contents, rel, &relocation))
|
3523 |
|
|
goto final_link_relocate;
|
3524 |
|
|
#endif
|
3525 |
|
|
bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
|
3526 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
3527 |
|
|
|
3528 |
|
|
case R_SH_DIR16:
|
3529 |
|
|
case R_SH_DIR8:
|
3530 |
|
|
case R_SH_DIR8U:
|
3531 |
|
|
case R_SH_DIR8S:
|
3532 |
|
|
case R_SH_DIR4U:
|
3533 |
|
|
goto final_link_relocate;
|
3534 |
|
|
|
3535 |
|
|
case R_SH_DIR8UL:
|
3536 |
|
|
case R_SH_DIR4UL:
|
3537 |
|
|
if (relocation & 3)
|
3538 |
|
|
{
|
3539 |
|
|
((*_bfd_error_handler)
|
3540 |
|
|
(_("%B: 0x%lx: fatal: unaligned %s relocation 0x%lx"),
|
3541 |
|
|
input_section->owner,
|
3542 |
|
|
(unsigned long) rel->r_offset, howto->name,
|
3543 |
|
|
(unsigned long) relocation));
|
3544 |
|
|
bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
|
3545 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
3546 |
|
|
}
|
3547 |
|
|
goto final_link_relocate;
|
3548 |
|
|
|
3549 |
|
|
case R_SH_DIR8UW:
|
3550 |
|
|
case R_SH_DIR8SW:
|
3551 |
|
|
case R_SH_DIR4UW:
|
3552 |
|
|
if (relocation & 1)
|
3553 |
|
|
{
|
3554 |
|
|
((*_bfd_error_handler)
|
3555 |
|
|
(_("%B: 0x%lx: fatal: unaligned %s relocation 0x%lx"),
|
3556 |
|
|
input_section->owner,
|
3557 |
|
|
(unsigned long) rel->r_offset, howto->name,
|
3558 |
|
|
(unsigned long) relocation));
|
3559 |
|
|
bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
|
3560 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
3561 |
|
|
}
|
3562 |
|
|
goto final_link_relocate;
|
3563 |
|
|
|
3564 |
|
|
case R_SH_PSHA:
|
3565 |
|
|
if ((signed int)relocation < -32
|
3566 |
|
|
|| (signed int)relocation > 32)
|
3567 |
|
|
{
|
3568 |
|
|
((*_bfd_error_handler)
|
3569 |
|
|
(_("%B: 0x%lx: fatal: R_SH_PSHA relocation %d not in range -32..32"),
|
3570 |
|
|
input_section->owner,
|
3571 |
|
|
(unsigned long) rel->r_offset,
|
3572 |
|
|
(unsigned long) relocation));
|
3573 |
|
|
bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
|
3574 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
3575 |
|
|
}
|
3576 |
|
|
goto final_link_relocate;
|
3577 |
|
|
|
3578 |
|
|
case R_SH_PSHL:
|
3579 |
|
|
if ((signed int)relocation < -16
|
3580 |
|
|
|| (signed int)relocation > 16)
|
3581 |
|
|
{
|
3582 |
|
|
((*_bfd_error_handler)
|
3583 |
|
|
(_("%B: 0x%lx: fatal: R_SH_PSHL relocation %d not in range -32..32"),
|
3584 |
|
|
input_section->owner,
|
3585 |
|
|
(unsigned long) rel->r_offset,
|
3586 |
|
|
(unsigned long) relocation));
|
3587 |
|
|
bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
|
3588 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
3589 |
|
|
}
|
3590 |
|
|
goto final_link_relocate;
|
3591 |
|
|
|
3592 |
|
|
case R_SH_DIR32:
|
3593 |
|
|
case R_SH_REL32:
|
3594 |
|
|
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
|
3595 |
|
|
case R_SH_IMM_LOW16_PCREL:
|
3596 |
|
|
case R_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16_PCREL:
|
3597 |
|
|
case R_SH_IMM_MEDHI16_PCREL:
|
3598 |
|
|
case R_SH_IMM_HI16_PCREL:
|
3599 |
|
|
#endif
|
3600 |
|
|
if (info->shared
|
3601 |
|
|
&& (h == NULL
|
3602 |
|
|
|| ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
|
3603 |
|
|
|| h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
|
3604 |
|
|
&& r_symndx != 0
|
3605 |
|
|
&& (input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
|
3606 |
225 |
jeremybenn |
&& !is_vxworks_tls
|
3607 |
24 |
jeremybenn |
&& (r_type == R_SH_DIR32
|
3608 |
|
|
|| !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)))
|
3609 |
|
|
{
|
3610 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
|
3611 |
|
|
bfd_byte *loc;
|
3612 |
|
|
bfd_boolean skip, relocate;
|
3613 |
|
|
|
3614 |
|
|
/* When generating a shared object, these relocations
|
3615 |
|
|
are copied into the output file to be resolved at run
|
3616 |
|
|
time. */
|
3617 |
|
|
|
3618 |
|
|
if (sreloc == NULL)
|
3619 |
|
|
{
|
3620 |
225 |
jeremybenn |
sreloc = _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_section
|
3621 |
|
|
(input_bfd, input_section, /*rela?*/ TRUE);
|
3622 |
|
|
if (sreloc == NULL)
|
3623 |
24 |
jeremybenn |
return FALSE;
|
3624 |
|
|
}
|
3625 |
|
|
|
3626 |
|
|
skip = FALSE;
|
3627 |
|
|
relocate = FALSE;
|
3628 |
|
|
|
3629 |
|
|
outrel.r_offset =
|
3630 |
|
|
_bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section,
|
3631 |
|
|
rel->r_offset);
|
3632 |
|
|
if (outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -1)
|
3633 |
|
|
skip = TRUE;
|
3634 |
|
|
else if (outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -2)
|
3635 |
|
|
skip = TRUE, relocate = TRUE;
|
3636 |
|
|
outrel.r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma
|
3637 |
|
|
+ input_section->output_offset);
|
3638 |
|
|
|
3639 |
|
|
if (skip)
|
3640 |
|
|
memset (&outrel, 0, sizeof outrel);
|
3641 |
|
|
else if (r_type == R_SH_REL32)
|
3642 |
|
|
{
|
3643 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL && h->dynindx != -1);
|
3644 |
|
|
outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_REL32);
|
3645 |
|
|
outrel.r_addend
|
3646 |
|
|
= (howto->partial_inplace
|
3647 |
|
|
? bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset)
|
3648 |
|
|
: addend);
|
3649 |
|
|
}
|
3650 |
|
|
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
|
3651 |
|
|
else if (r_type == R_SH_IMM_LOW16_PCREL
|
3652 |
|
|
|| r_type == R_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16_PCREL
|
3653 |
|
|
|| r_type == R_SH_IMM_MEDHI16_PCREL
|
3654 |
|
|
|| r_type == R_SH_IMM_HI16_PCREL)
|
3655 |
|
|
{
|
3656 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL && h->dynindx != -1);
|
3657 |
|
|
outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, r_type);
|
3658 |
|
|
outrel.r_addend = addend;
|
3659 |
|
|
}
|
3660 |
|
|
#endif
|
3661 |
|
|
else
|
3662 |
|
|
{
|
3663 |
|
|
/* h->dynindx may be -1 if this symbol was marked to
|
3664 |
|
|
become local. */
|
3665 |
|
|
if (h == NULL
|
3666 |
|
|
|| ((info->symbolic || h->dynindx == -1)
|
3667 |
|
|
&& h->def_regular))
|
3668 |
|
|
{
|
3669 |
|
|
relocate = howto->partial_inplace;
|
3670 |
|
|
outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_SH_RELATIVE);
|
3671 |
|
|
}
|
3672 |
|
|
else
|
3673 |
|
|
{
|
3674 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
|
3675 |
|
|
outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_DIR32);
|
3676 |
|
|
}
|
3677 |
|
|
outrel.r_addend = relocation;
|
3678 |
|
|
outrel.r_addend
|
3679 |
|
|
+= (howto->partial_inplace
|
3680 |
|
|
? bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset)
|
3681 |
|
|
: addend);
|
3682 |
|
|
}
|
3683 |
|
|
|
3684 |
|
|
loc = sreloc->contents;
|
3685 |
|
|
loc += sreloc->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
|
3686 |
|
|
bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
|
3687 |
|
|
|
3688 |
|
|
/* If this reloc is against an external symbol, we do
|
3689 |
|
|
not want to fiddle with the addend. Otherwise, we
|
3690 |
|
|
need to include the symbol value so that it becomes
|
3691 |
|
|
an addend for the dynamic reloc. */
|
3692 |
|
|
if (! relocate)
|
3693 |
|
|
continue;
|
3694 |
|
|
}
|
3695 |
|
|
goto final_link_relocate;
|
3696 |
|
|
|
3697 |
|
|
case R_SH_GOTPLT32:
|
3698 |
|
|
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
|
3699 |
|
|
case R_SH_GOTPLT_LOW16:
|
3700 |
|
|
case R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDLOW16:
|
3701 |
|
|
case R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDHI16:
|
3702 |
|
|
case R_SH_GOTPLT_HI16:
|
3703 |
|
|
case R_SH_GOTPLT10BY4:
|
3704 |
|
|
case R_SH_GOTPLT10BY8:
|
3705 |
|
|
#endif
|
3706 |
|
|
/* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the
|
3707 |
|
|
procedure linkage table. */
|
3708 |
|
|
|
3709 |
|
|
if (h == NULL
|
3710 |
|
|
|| h->forced_local
|
3711 |
|
|
|| ! info->shared
|
3712 |
|
|
|| info->symbolic
|
3713 |
|
|
|| h->dynindx == -1
|
3714 |
|
|
|| h->plt.offset == (bfd_vma) -1
|
3715 |
|
|
|| h->got.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
|
3716 |
|
|
goto force_got;
|
3717 |
|
|
|
3718 |
|
|
/* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the global
|
3719 |
|
|
offset table extension for the procedure linkage table. */
|
3720 |
|
|
|
3721 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (sgotplt != NULL);
|
3722 |
|
|
relocation = (sgotplt->output_offset
|
3723 |
|
|
+ (get_plt_index (htab->plt_info, h->plt.offset)
|
3724 |
|
|
+ 3) * 4);
|
3725 |
|
|
|
3726 |
|
|
#ifdef GOT_BIAS
|
3727 |
|
|
relocation -= GOT_BIAS;
|
3728 |
|
|
#endif
|
3729 |
|
|
|
3730 |
|
|
goto final_link_relocate;
|
3731 |
|
|
|
3732 |
|
|
force_got:
|
3733 |
|
|
case R_SH_GOT32:
|
3734 |
|
|
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
|
3735 |
|
|
case R_SH_GOT_LOW16:
|
3736 |
|
|
case R_SH_GOT_MEDLOW16:
|
3737 |
|
|
case R_SH_GOT_MEDHI16:
|
3738 |
|
|
case R_SH_GOT_HI16:
|
3739 |
|
|
case R_SH_GOT10BY4:
|
3740 |
|
|
case R_SH_GOT10BY8:
|
3741 |
|
|
#endif
|
3742 |
|
|
/* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the global
|
3743 |
|
|
offset table. */
|
3744 |
|
|
|
3745 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL);
|
3746 |
|
|
|
3747 |
|
|
if (h != NULL)
|
3748 |
|
|
{
|
3749 |
|
|
bfd_boolean dyn;
|
3750 |
|
|
|
3751 |
|
|
off = h->got.offset;
|
3752 |
|
|
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
|
3753 |
|
|
if (seen_stt_datalabel)
|
3754 |
|
|
{
|
3755 |
|
|
struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *hsh;
|
3756 |
|
|
|
3757 |
|
|
hsh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *)h;
|
3758 |
|
|
off = hsh->datalabel_got.offset;
|
3759 |
|
|
}
|
3760 |
|
|
#endif
|
3761 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (off != (bfd_vma) -1);
|
3762 |
|
|
|
3763 |
|
|
dyn = htab->root.dynamic_sections_created;
|
3764 |
|
|
if (! WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, info->shared, h)
|
3765 |
|
|
|| (info->shared
|
3766 |
|
|
&& SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
|
3767 |
|
|
|| (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other)
|
3768 |
|
|
&& h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
|
3769 |
|
|
{
|
3770 |
|
|
/* This is actually a static link, or it is a
|
3771 |
|
|
-Bsymbolic link and the symbol is defined
|
3772 |
|
|
locally, or the symbol was forced to be local
|
3773 |
|
|
because of a version file. We must initialize
|
3774 |
|
|
this entry in the global offset table. Since the
|
3775 |
|
|
offset must always be a multiple of 4, we use the
|
3776 |
|
|
least significant bit to record whether we have
|
3777 |
|
|
initialized it already.
|
3778 |
|
|
|
3779 |
|
|
When doing a dynamic link, we create a .rela.got
|
3780 |
|
|
relocation entry to initialize the value. This
|
3781 |
|
|
is done in the finish_dynamic_symbol routine. */
|
3782 |
|
|
if ((off & 1) != 0)
|
3783 |
|
|
off &= ~1;
|
3784 |
|
|
else
|
3785 |
|
|
{
|
3786 |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation,
|
3787 |
|
|
sgot->contents + off);
|
3788 |
|
|
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
|
3789 |
|
|
if (seen_stt_datalabel)
|
3790 |
|
|
{
|
3791 |
|
|
struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *hsh;
|
3792 |
|
|
|
3793 |
|
|
hsh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *)h;
|
3794 |
|
|
hsh->datalabel_got.offset |= 1;
|
3795 |
|
|
}
|
3796 |
|
|
else
|
3797 |
|
|
#endif
|
3798 |
|
|
h->got.offset |= 1;
|
3799 |
|
|
}
|
3800 |
|
|
}
|
3801 |
|
|
|
3802 |
|
|
relocation = sgot->output_offset + off;
|
3803 |
|
|
}
|
3804 |
|
|
else
|
3805 |
|
|
{
|
3806 |
|
|
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
|
3807 |
|
|
if (rel->r_addend)
|
3808 |
|
|
{
|
3809 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (local_got_offsets != NULL
|
3810 |
|
|
&& (local_got_offsets[symtab_hdr->sh_info
|
3811 |
|
|
+ r_symndx]
|
3812 |
|
|
!= (bfd_vma) -1));
|
3813 |
|
|
|
3814 |
|
|
off = local_got_offsets[symtab_hdr->sh_info
|
3815 |
|
|
+ r_symndx];
|
3816 |
|
|
}
|
3817 |
|
|
else
|
3818 |
|
|
{
|
3819 |
|
|
#endif
|
3820 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (local_got_offsets != NULL
|
3821 |
|
|
&& local_got_offsets[r_symndx] != (bfd_vma) -1);
|
3822 |
|
|
|
3823 |
|
|
off = local_got_offsets[r_symndx];
|
3824 |
|
|
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
|
3825 |
|
|
}
|
3826 |
|
|
#endif
|
3827 |
|
|
|
3828 |
|
|
/* The offset must always be a multiple of 4. We use
|
3829 |
|
|
the least significant bit to record whether we have
|
3830 |
|
|
already generated the necessary reloc. */
|
3831 |
|
|
if ((off & 1) != 0)
|
3832 |
|
|
off &= ~1;
|
3833 |
|
|
else
|
3834 |
|
|
{
|
3835 |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation, sgot->contents + off);
|
3836 |
|
|
|
3837 |
|
|
if (info->shared)
|
3838 |
|
|
{
|
3839 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
|
3840 |
|
|
bfd_byte *loc;
|
3841 |
|
|
|
3842 |
|
|
if (srelgot == NULL)
|
3843 |
|
|
{
|
3844 |
|
|
srelgot = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj,
|
3845 |
|
|
".rela.got");
|
3846 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (srelgot != NULL);
|
3847 |
|
|
}
|
3848 |
|
|
|
3849 |
|
|
outrel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
|
3850 |
|
|
+ sgot->output_offset
|
3851 |
|
|
+ off);
|
3852 |
|
|
outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_SH_RELATIVE);
|
3853 |
|
|
outrel.r_addend = relocation;
|
3854 |
|
|
loc = srelgot->contents;
|
3855 |
|
|
loc += srelgot->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
|
3856 |
|
|
bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
|
3857 |
|
|
}
|
3858 |
|
|
|
3859 |
|
|
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
|
3860 |
|
|
if (rel->r_addend)
|
3861 |
|
|
local_got_offsets[symtab_hdr->sh_info + r_symndx] |= 1;
|
3862 |
|
|
else
|
3863 |
|
|
#endif
|
3864 |
|
|
local_got_offsets[r_symndx] |= 1;
|
3865 |
|
|
}
|
3866 |
|
|
|
3867 |
|
|
relocation = sgot->output_offset + off;
|
3868 |
|
|
}
|
3869 |
|
|
|
3870 |
|
|
#ifdef GOT_BIAS
|
3871 |
|
|
relocation -= GOT_BIAS;
|
3872 |
|
|
#endif
|
3873 |
|
|
|
3874 |
|
|
goto final_link_relocate;
|
3875 |
|
|
|
3876 |
|
|
case R_SH_GOTOFF:
|
3877 |
|
|
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
|
3878 |
|
|
case R_SH_GOTOFF_LOW16:
|
3879 |
|
|
case R_SH_GOTOFF_MEDLOW16:
|
3880 |
|
|
case R_SH_GOTOFF_MEDHI16:
|
3881 |
|
|
case R_SH_GOTOFF_HI16:
|
3882 |
|
|
#endif
|
3883 |
|
|
/* Relocation is relative to the start of the global offset
|
3884 |
|
|
table. */
|
3885 |
|
|
|
3886 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL);
|
3887 |
|
|
|
3888 |
|
|
/* Note that sgot->output_offset is not involved in this
|
3889 |
|
|
calculation. We always want the start of .got. If we
|
3890 |
|
|
defined _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE in a different way, as is
|
3891 |
|
|
permitted by the ABI, we might have to change this
|
3892 |
|
|
calculation. */
|
3893 |
|
|
relocation -= sgot->output_section->vma;
|
3894 |
|
|
|
3895 |
|
|
#ifdef GOT_BIAS
|
3896 |
|
|
relocation -= GOT_BIAS;
|
3897 |
|
|
#endif
|
3898 |
|
|
|
3899 |
|
|
addend = rel->r_addend;
|
3900 |
|
|
|
3901 |
|
|
goto final_link_relocate;
|
3902 |
|
|
|
3903 |
|
|
case R_SH_GOTPC:
|
3904 |
|
|
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
|
3905 |
|
|
case R_SH_GOTPC_LOW16:
|
3906 |
|
|
case R_SH_GOTPC_MEDLOW16:
|
3907 |
|
|
case R_SH_GOTPC_MEDHI16:
|
3908 |
|
|
case R_SH_GOTPC_HI16:
|
3909 |
|
|
#endif
|
3910 |
|
|
/* Use global offset table as symbol value. */
|
3911 |
|
|
|
3912 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL);
|
3913 |
|
|
relocation = sgot->output_section->vma;
|
3914 |
|
|
|
3915 |
|
|
#ifdef GOT_BIAS
|
3916 |
|
|
relocation += GOT_BIAS;
|
3917 |
|
|
#endif
|
3918 |
|
|
|
3919 |
|
|
addend = rel->r_addend;
|
3920 |
|
|
|
3921 |
|
|
goto final_link_relocate;
|
3922 |
|
|
|
3923 |
|
|
case R_SH_PLT32:
|
3924 |
|
|
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
|
3925 |
|
|
case R_SH_PLT_LOW16:
|
3926 |
|
|
case R_SH_PLT_MEDLOW16:
|
3927 |
|
|
case R_SH_PLT_MEDHI16:
|
3928 |
|
|
case R_SH_PLT_HI16:
|
3929 |
|
|
#endif
|
3930 |
|
|
/* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the
|
3931 |
|
|
procedure linkage table. */
|
3932 |
|
|
|
3933 |
|
|
/* Resolve a PLT reloc against a local symbol directly,
|
3934 |
|
|
without using the procedure linkage table. */
|
3935 |
|
|
if (h == NULL)
|
3936 |
|
|
goto final_link_relocate;
|
3937 |
|
|
|
3938 |
|
|
if (h->forced_local)
|
3939 |
|
|
goto final_link_relocate;
|
3940 |
|
|
|
3941 |
|
|
if (h->plt.offset == (bfd_vma) -1)
|
3942 |
|
|
{
|
3943 |
|
|
/* We didn't make a PLT entry for this symbol. This
|
3944 |
|
|
happens when statically linking PIC code, or when
|
3945 |
|
|
using -Bsymbolic. */
|
3946 |
|
|
goto final_link_relocate;
|
3947 |
|
|
}
|
3948 |
|
|
|
3949 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (splt != NULL);
|
3950 |
|
|
relocation = (splt->output_section->vma
|
3951 |
|
|
+ splt->output_offset
|
3952 |
|
|
+ h->plt.offset);
|
3953 |
|
|
|
3954 |
|
|
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
|
3955 |
|
|
relocation++;
|
3956 |
|
|
#endif
|
3957 |
|
|
|
3958 |
|
|
addend = rel->r_addend;
|
3959 |
|
|
|
3960 |
|
|
goto final_link_relocate;
|
3961 |
|
|
|
3962 |
|
|
case R_SH_LOOP_START:
|
3963 |
|
|
{
|
3964 |
|
|
static bfd_vma start, end;
|
3965 |
|
|
|
3966 |
|
|
start = (relocation + rel->r_addend
|
3967 |
|
|
- (sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset));
|
3968 |
|
|
r = sh_elf_reloc_loop (r_type, input_bfd, input_section, contents,
|
3969 |
|
|
rel->r_offset, sec, start, end);
|
3970 |
|
|
break;
|
3971 |
|
|
|
3972 |
|
|
case R_SH_LOOP_END:
|
3973 |
|
|
end = (relocation + rel->r_addend
|
3974 |
|
|
- (sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset));
|
3975 |
|
|
r = sh_elf_reloc_loop (r_type, input_bfd, input_section, contents,
|
3976 |
|
|
rel->r_offset, sec, start, end);
|
3977 |
|
|
break;
|
3978 |
|
|
}
|
3979 |
|
|
|
3980 |
|
|
case R_SH_TLS_GD_32:
|
3981 |
|
|
case R_SH_TLS_IE_32:
|
3982 |
|
|
r_type = sh_elf_optimized_tls_reloc (info, r_type, h == NULL);
|
3983 |
|
|
tls_type = GOT_UNKNOWN;
|
3984 |
|
|
if (h == NULL && local_got_offsets)
|
3985 |
|
|
tls_type = sh_elf_local_got_tls_type (input_bfd) [r_symndx];
|
3986 |
|
|
else if (h != NULL)
|
3987 |
|
|
{
|
3988 |
|
|
tls_type = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_type;
|
3989 |
|
|
if (! info->shared
|
3990 |
|
|
&& (h->dynindx == -1
|
3991 |
|
|
|| h->def_regular))
|
3992 |
|
|
r_type = R_SH_TLS_LE_32;
|
3993 |
|
|
}
|
3994 |
|
|
|
3995 |
|
|
if (r_type == R_SH_TLS_GD_32 && tls_type == GOT_TLS_IE)
|
3996 |
|
|
r_type = R_SH_TLS_IE_32;
|
3997 |
|
|
|
3998 |
|
|
if (r_type == R_SH_TLS_LE_32)
|
3999 |
|
|
{
|
4000 |
|
|
bfd_vma offset;
|
4001 |
|
|
unsigned short insn;
|
4002 |
|
|
|
4003 |
|
|
if (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_SH_TLS_GD_32)
|
4004 |
|
|
{
|
4005 |
|
|
/* GD->LE transition:
|
4006 |
|
|
mov.l 1f,r4; mova 2f,r0; mov.l 2f,r1; add r0,r1;
|
4007 |
|
|
jsr @r1; add r12,r4; bra 3f; nop; .align 2;
|
4008 |
|
|
1: .long x$TLSGD; 2: .long __tls_get_addr@PLT; 3:
|
4009 |
|
|
We change it into:
|
4010 |
|
|
mov.l 1f,r4; stc gbr,r0; add r4,r0; nop;
|
4011 |
|
|
nop; nop; ...
|
4012 |
|
|
1: .long x@TPOFF; 2: .long __tls_get_addr@PLT; 3:. */
|
4013 |
|
|
|
4014 |
|
|
offset = rel->r_offset;
|
4015 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 16);
|
4016 |
|
|
/* Size of GD instructions is 16 or 18. */
|
4017 |
|
|
offset -= 16;
|
4018 |
|
|
insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
|
4019 |
|
|
if ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700)
|
4020 |
|
|
{
|
4021 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 2);
|
4022 |
|
|
offset -= 2;
|
4023 |
|
|
insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
|
4024 |
|
|
}
|
4025 |
|
|
|
4026 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd400);
|
4027 |
|
|
insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 2);
|
4028 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700);
|
4029 |
|
|
insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 4);
|
4030 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd100);
|
4031 |
|
|
insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 6);
|
4032 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x310c);
|
4033 |
|
|
insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 8);
|
4034 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x410b);
|
4035 |
|
|
insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 10);
|
4036 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x34cc);
|
4037 |
|
|
|
4038 |
|
|
bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0012, contents + offset + 2);
|
4039 |
|
|
bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x304c, contents + offset + 4);
|
4040 |
|
|
bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 6);
|
4041 |
|
|
bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 8);
|
4042 |
|
|
bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 10);
|
4043 |
|
|
}
|
4044 |
|
|
else
|
4045 |
|
|
{
|
4046 |
|
|
int index;
|
4047 |
|
|
|
4048 |
|
|
/* IE->LE transition:
|
4049 |
|
|
mov.l 1f,r0; stc gbr,rN; mov.l @(r0,r12),rM;
|
4050 |
|
|
bra 2f; add ...; .align 2; 1: x@GOTTPOFF; 2:
|
4051 |
|
|
We change it into:
|
4052 |
|
|
mov.l .Ln,rM; stc gbr,rN; nop; ...;
|
4053 |
|
|
1: x@TPOFF; 2:. */
|
4054 |
|
|
|
4055 |
|
|
offset = rel->r_offset;
|
4056 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 16);
|
4057 |
|
|
/* Size of IE instructions is 10 or 12. */
|
4058 |
|
|
offset -= 10;
|
4059 |
|
|
insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
|
4060 |
|
|
if ((insn & 0xf0ff) == 0x0012)
|
4061 |
|
|
{
|
4062 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 2);
|
4063 |
|
|
offset -= 2;
|
4064 |
|
|
insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
|
4065 |
|
|
}
|
4066 |
|
|
|
4067 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd000);
|
4068 |
|
|
index = insn & 0x00ff;
|
4069 |
|
|
insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 2);
|
4070 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xf0ff) == 0x0012);
|
4071 |
|
|
insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 4);
|
4072 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xf0ff) == 0x00ce);
|
4073 |
|
|
insn = 0xd000 | (insn & 0x0f00) | index;
|
4074 |
|
|
bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, insn, contents + offset + 0);
|
4075 |
|
|
bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 4);
|
4076 |
|
|
}
|
4077 |
|
|
|
4078 |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, tpoff (info, relocation),
|
4079 |
|
|
contents + rel->r_offset);
|
4080 |
|
|
continue;
|
4081 |
|
|
}
|
4082 |
|
|
|
4083 |
|
|
sgot = htab->sgot;
|
4084 |
|
|
if (sgot == NULL)
|
4085 |
|
|
abort ();
|
4086 |
|
|
|
4087 |
|
|
if (h != NULL)
|
4088 |
|
|
off = h->got.offset;
|
4089 |
|
|
else
|
4090 |
|
|
{
|
4091 |
|
|
if (local_got_offsets == NULL)
|
4092 |
|
|
abort ();
|
4093 |
|
|
|
4094 |
|
|
off = local_got_offsets[r_symndx];
|
4095 |
|
|
}
|
4096 |
|
|
|
4097 |
|
|
/* Relocate R_SH_TLS_IE_32 directly when statically linking. */
|
4098 |
|
|
if (r_type == R_SH_TLS_IE_32
|
4099 |
|
|
&& ! htab->root.dynamic_sections_created)
|
4100 |
|
|
{
|
4101 |
|
|
off &= ~1;
|
4102 |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, tpoff (info, relocation),
|
4103 |
|
|
sgot->contents + off);
|
4104 |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, sgot->output_offset + off,
|
4105 |
|
|
contents + rel->r_offset);
|
4106 |
|
|
continue;
|
4107 |
|
|
}
|
4108 |
|
|
|
4109 |
|
|
if ((off & 1) != 0)
|
4110 |
|
|
off &= ~1;
|
4111 |
|
|
else
|
4112 |
|
|
{
|
4113 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
|
4114 |
|
|
bfd_byte *loc;
|
4115 |
|
|
int dr_type, indx;
|
4116 |
|
|
|
4117 |
|
|
if (srelgot == NULL)
|
4118 |
|
|
{
|
4119 |
|
|
srelgot = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".rela.got");
|
4120 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (srelgot != NULL);
|
4121 |
|
|
}
|
4122 |
|
|
|
4123 |
|
|
outrel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
|
4124 |
|
|
+ sgot->output_offset + off);
|
4125 |
|
|
|
4126 |
|
|
if (h == NULL || h->dynindx == -1)
|
4127 |
|
|
indx = 0;
|
4128 |
|
|
else
|
4129 |
|
|
indx = h->dynindx;
|
4130 |
|
|
|
4131 |
|
|
dr_type = (r_type == R_SH_TLS_GD_32 ? R_SH_TLS_DTPMOD32 :
|
4132 |
|
|
R_SH_TLS_TPOFF32);
|
4133 |
|
|
if (dr_type == R_SH_TLS_TPOFF32 && indx == 0)
|
4134 |
|
|
outrel.r_addend = relocation - dtpoff_base (info);
|
4135 |
|
|
else
|
4136 |
|
|
outrel.r_addend = 0;
|
4137 |
|
|
outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, dr_type);
|
4138 |
|
|
loc = srelgot->contents;
|
4139 |
|
|
loc += srelgot->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
|
4140 |
|
|
bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
|
4141 |
|
|
|
4142 |
|
|
if (r_type == R_SH_TLS_GD_32)
|
4143 |
|
|
{
|
4144 |
|
|
if (indx == 0)
|
4145 |
|
|
{
|
4146 |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
|
4147 |
|
|
relocation - dtpoff_base (info),
|
4148 |
|
|
sgot->contents + off + 4);
|
4149 |
|
|
}
|
4150 |
|
|
else
|
4151 |
|
|
{
|
4152 |
|
|
outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx,
|
4153 |
|
|
R_SH_TLS_DTPOFF32);
|
4154 |
|
|
outrel.r_offset += 4;
|
4155 |
|
|
outrel.r_addend = 0;
|
4156 |
|
|
srelgot->reloc_count++;
|
4157 |
|
|
loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
|
4158 |
|
|
bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
|
4159 |
|
|
}
|
4160 |
|
|
}
|
4161 |
|
|
|
4162 |
|
|
if (h != NULL)
|
4163 |
|
|
h->got.offset |= 1;
|
4164 |
|
|
else
|
4165 |
|
|
local_got_offsets[r_symndx] |= 1;
|
4166 |
|
|
}
|
4167 |
|
|
|
4168 |
|
|
if (off >= (bfd_vma) -2)
|
4169 |
|
|
abort ();
|
4170 |
|
|
|
4171 |
|
|
if (r_type == (int) ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info))
|
4172 |
|
|
relocation = sgot->output_offset + off;
|
4173 |
|
|
else
|
4174 |
|
|
{
|
4175 |
|
|
bfd_vma offset;
|
4176 |
|
|
unsigned short insn;
|
4177 |
|
|
|
4178 |
|
|
/* GD->IE transition:
|
4179 |
|
|
mov.l 1f,r4; mova 2f,r0; mov.l 2f,r1; add r0,r1;
|
4180 |
|
|
jsr @r1; add r12,r4; bra 3f; nop; .align 2;
|
4181 |
|
|
1: .long x$TLSGD; 2: .long __tls_get_addr@PLT; 3:
|
4182 |
|
|
We change it into:
|
4183 |
|
|
mov.l 1f,r0; stc gbr,r4; mov.l @(r0,r12),r0; add r4,r0;
|
4184 |
|
|
nop; nop; bra 3f; nop; .align 2;
|
4185 |
|
|
1: .long x@TPOFF; 2:...; 3:. */
|
4186 |
|
|
|
4187 |
|
|
offset = rel->r_offset;
|
4188 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 16);
|
4189 |
|
|
/* Size of GD instructions is 16 or 18. */
|
4190 |
|
|
offset -= 16;
|
4191 |
|
|
insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
|
4192 |
|
|
if ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700)
|
4193 |
|
|
{
|
4194 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 2);
|
4195 |
|
|
offset -= 2;
|
4196 |
|
|
insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
|
4197 |
|
|
}
|
4198 |
|
|
|
4199 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd400);
|
4200 |
|
|
|
4201 |
|
|
/* Replace mov.l 1f,R4 with mov.l 1f,r0. */
|
4202 |
|
|
bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, insn & 0xf0ff, contents + offset);
|
4203 |
|
|
|
4204 |
|
|
insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 2);
|
4205 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700);
|
4206 |
|
|
insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 4);
|
4207 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd100);
|
4208 |
|
|
insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 6);
|
4209 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x310c);
|
4210 |
|
|
insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 8);
|
4211 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x410b);
|
4212 |
|
|
insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 10);
|
4213 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x34cc);
|
4214 |
|
|
|
4215 |
|
|
bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0412, contents + offset + 2);
|
4216 |
|
|
bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x00ce, contents + offset + 4);
|
4217 |
|
|
bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x304c, contents + offset + 6);
|
4218 |
|
|
bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 8);
|
4219 |
|
|
bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 10);
|
4220 |
|
|
|
4221 |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, sgot->output_offset + off,
|
4222 |
|
|
contents + rel->r_offset);
|
4223 |
|
|
|
4224 |
|
|
continue;
|
4225 |
|
|
}
|
4226 |
|
|
|
4227 |
|
|
addend = rel->r_addend;
|
4228 |
|
|
|
4229 |
|
|
goto final_link_relocate;
|
4230 |
|
|
|
4231 |
|
|
case R_SH_TLS_LD_32:
|
4232 |
|
|
if (! info->shared)
|
4233 |
|
|
{
|
4234 |
|
|
bfd_vma offset;
|
4235 |
|
|
unsigned short insn;
|
4236 |
|
|
|
4237 |
|
|
/* LD->LE transition:
|
4238 |
|
|
mov.l 1f,r4; mova 2f,r0; mov.l 2f,r1; add r0,r1;
|
4239 |
|
|
jsr @r1; add r12,r4; bra 3f; nop; .align 2;
|
4240 |
|
|
1: .long x$TLSLD; 2: .long __tls_get_addr@PLT; 3:
|
4241 |
|
|
We change it into:
|
4242 |
|
|
stc gbr,r0; nop; nop; nop;
|
4243 |
|
|
nop; nop; bra 3f; ...; 3:. */
|
4244 |
|
|
|
4245 |
|
|
offset = rel->r_offset;
|
4246 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 16);
|
4247 |
|
|
/* Size of LD instructions is 16 or 18. */
|
4248 |
|
|
offset -= 16;
|
4249 |
|
|
insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
|
4250 |
|
|
if ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700)
|
4251 |
|
|
{
|
4252 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 2);
|
4253 |
|
|
offset -= 2;
|
4254 |
|
|
insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
|
4255 |
|
|
}
|
4256 |
|
|
|
4257 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd400);
|
4258 |
|
|
insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 2);
|
4259 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700);
|
4260 |
|
|
insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 4);
|
4261 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd100);
|
4262 |
|
|
insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 6);
|
4263 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x310c);
|
4264 |
|
|
insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 8);
|
4265 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x410b);
|
4266 |
|
|
insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 10);
|
4267 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x34cc);
|
4268 |
|
|
|
4269 |
|
|
bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0012, contents + offset + 0);
|
4270 |
|
|
bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 2);
|
4271 |
|
|
bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 4);
|
4272 |
|
|
bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 6);
|
4273 |
|
|
bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 8);
|
4274 |
|
|
bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 10);
|
4275 |
|
|
|
4276 |
|
|
continue;
|
4277 |
|
|
}
|
4278 |
|
|
|
4279 |
|
|
sgot = htab->sgot;
|
4280 |
|
|
if (sgot == NULL)
|
4281 |
|
|
abort ();
|
4282 |
|
|
|
4283 |
|
|
off = htab->tls_ldm_got.offset;
|
4284 |
|
|
if (off & 1)
|
4285 |
|
|
off &= ~1;
|
4286 |
|
|
else
|
4287 |
|
|
{
|
4288 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
|
4289 |
|
|
bfd_byte *loc;
|
4290 |
|
|
|
4291 |
|
|
srelgot = htab->srelgot;
|
4292 |
|
|
if (srelgot == NULL)
|
4293 |
|
|
abort ();
|
4294 |
|
|
|
4295 |
|
|
outrel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
|
4296 |
|
|
+ sgot->output_offset + off);
|
4297 |
|
|
outrel.r_addend = 0;
|
4298 |
|
|
outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_SH_TLS_DTPMOD32);
|
4299 |
|
|
loc = srelgot->contents;
|
4300 |
|
|
loc += srelgot->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
|
4301 |
|
|
bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
|
4302 |
|
|
htab->tls_ldm_got.offset |= 1;
|
4303 |
|
|
}
|
4304 |
|
|
|
4305 |
|
|
relocation = sgot->output_offset + off;
|
4306 |
|
|
addend = rel->r_addend;
|
4307 |
|
|
|
4308 |
|
|
goto final_link_relocate;
|
4309 |
|
|
|
4310 |
|
|
case R_SH_TLS_LDO_32:
|
4311 |
|
|
if (! info->shared)
|
4312 |
|
|
relocation = tpoff (info, relocation);
|
4313 |
|
|
else
|
4314 |
|
|
relocation -= dtpoff_base (info);
|
4315 |
|
|
|
4316 |
|
|
addend = rel->r_addend;
|
4317 |
|
|
goto final_link_relocate;
|
4318 |
|
|
|
4319 |
|
|
case R_SH_TLS_LE_32:
|
4320 |
|
|
{
|
4321 |
|
|
int indx;
|
4322 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
|
4323 |
|
|
bfd_byte *loc;
|
4324 |
|
|
|
4325 |
|
|
if (! info->shared)
|
4326 |
|
|
{
|
4327 |
|
|
relocation = tpoff (info, relocation);
|
4328 |
|
|
addend = rel->r_addend;
|
4329 |
|
|
goto final_link_relocate;
|
4330 |
|
|
}
|
4331 |
|
|
|
4332 |
|
|
if (sreloc == NULL)
|
4333 |
|
|
{
|
4334 |
225 |
jeremybenn |
sreloc = _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_section
|
4335 |
|
|
(input_bfd, input_section, /*rela?*/ TRUE);
|
4336 |
|
|
if (sreloc == NULL)
|
4337 |
24 |
jeremybenn |
return FALSE;
|
4338 |
|
|
}
|
4339 |
|
|
|
4340 |
|
|
if (h == NULL || h->dynindx == -1)
|
4341 |
|
|
indx = 0;
|
4342 |
|
|
else
|
4343 |
|
|
indx = h->dynindx;
|
4344 |
|
|
|
4345 |
|
|
outrel.r_offset = (input_section->output_section->vma
|
4346 |
|
|
+ input_section->output_offset
|
4347 |
|
|
+ rel->r_offset);
|
4348 |
|
|
outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_SH_TLS_TPOFF32);
|
4349 |
|
|
if (indx == 0)
|
4350 |
|
|
outrel.r_addend = relocation - dtpoff_base (info);
|
4351 |
|
|
else
|
4352 |
|
|
outrel.r_addend = 0;
|
4353 |
|
|
|
4354 |
|
|
loc = sreloc->contents;
|
4355 |
|
|
loc += sreloc->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
|
4356 |
|
|
bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
|
4357 |
|
|
continue;
|
4358 |
|
|
}
|
4359 |
|
|
}
|
4360 |
|
|
|
4361 |
|
|
relocation_done:
|
4362 |
|
|
if (r != bfd_reloc_ok)
|
4363 |
|
|
{
|
4364 |
|
|
switch (r)
|
4365 |
|
|
{
|
4366 |
|
|
default:
|
4367 |
|
|
case bfd_reloc_outofrange:
|
4368 |
|
|
abort ();
|
4369 |
|
|
case bfd_reloc_overflow:
|
4370 |
|
|
{
|
4371 |
|
|
const char *name;
|
4372 |
|
|
|
4373 |
|
|
if (h != NULL)
|
4374 |
|
|
name = NULL;
|
4375 |
|
|
else
|
4376 |
|
|
{
|
4377 |
|
|
name = (bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section
|
4378 |
|
|
(input_bfd, symtab_hdr->sh_link, sym->st_name));
|
4379 |
|
|
if (name == NULL)
|
4380 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
4381 |
|
|
if (*name == '\0')
|
4382 |
|
|
name = bfd_section_name (input_bfd, sec);
|
4383 |
|
|
}
|
4384 |
|
|
if (! ((*info->callbacks->reloc_overflow)
|
4385 |
|
|
(info, (h ? &h->root : NULL), name, howto->name,
|
4386 |
|
|
(bfd_vma) 0, input_bfd, input_section,
|
4387 |
|
|
rel->r_offset)))
|
4388 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
4389 |
|
|
}
|
4390 |
|
|
break;
|
4391 |
|
|
}
|
4392 |
|
|
}
|
4393 |
|
|
}
|
4394 |
|
|
|
4395 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
4396 |
|
|
}
|
4397 |
|
|
|
4398 |
|
|
/* This is a version of bfd_generic_get_relocated_section_contents
|
4399 |
|
|
which uses sh_elf_relocate_section. */
|
4400 |
|
|
|
4401 |
|
|
static bfd_byte *
|
4402 |
|
|
sh_elf_get_relocated_section_contents (bfd *output_bfd,
|
4403 |
|
|
struct bfd_link_info *link_info,
|
4404 |
|
|
struct bfd_link_order *link_order,
|
4405 |
|
|
bfd_byte *data,
|
4406 |
|
|
bfd_boolean relocatable,
|
4407 |
|
|
asymbol **symbols)
|
4408 |
|
|
{
|
4409 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
|
4410 |
|
|
asection *input_section = link_order->u.indirect.section;
|
4411 |
|
|
bfd *input_bfd = input_section->owner;
|
4412 |
|
|
asection **sections = NULL;
|
4413 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs = NULL;
|
4414 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf = NULL;
|
4415 |
|
|
|
4416 |
|
|
/* We only need to handle the case of relaxing, or of having a
|
4417 |
|
|
particular set of section contents, specially. */
|
4418 |
|
|
if (relocatable
|
4419 |
|
|
|| elf_section_data (input_section)->this_hdr.contents == NULL)
|
4420 |
|
|
return bfd_generic_get_relocated_section_contents (output_bfd, link_info,
|
4421 |
|
|
link_order, data,
|
4422 |
|
|
relocatable,
|
4423 |
|
|
symbols);
|
4424 |
|
|
|
4425 |
|
|
symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (input_bfd);
|
4426 |
|
|
|
4427 |
|
|
memcpy (data, elf_section_data (input_section)->this_hdr.contents,
|
4428 |
|
|
(size_t) input_section->size);
|
4429 |
|
|
|
4430 |
|
|
if ((input_section->flags & SEC_RELOC) != 0
|
4431 |
|
|
&& input_section->reloc_count > 0)
|
4432 |
|
|
{
|
4433 |
|
|
asection **secpp;
|
4434 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Sym *isym, *isymend;
|
4435 |
|
|
bfd_size_type amt;
|
4436 |
|
|
|
4437 |
|
|
internal_relocs = (_bfd_elf_link_read_relocs
|
4438 |
|
|
(input_bfd, input_section, NULL,
|
4439 |
|
|
(Elf_Internal_Rela *) NULL, FALSE));
|
4440 |
|
|
if (internal_relocs == NULL)
|
4441 |
|
|
goto error_return;
|
4442 |
|
|
|
4443 |
|
|
if (symtab_hdr->sh_info != 0)
|
4444 |
|
|
{
|
4445 |
|
|
isymbuf = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
|
4446 |
|
|
if (isymbuf == NULL)
|
4447 |
|
|
isymbuf = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (input_bfd, symtab_hdr,
|
4448 |
|
|
symtab_hdr->sh_info, 0,
|
4449 |
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL);
|
4450 |
|
|
if (isymbuf == NULL)
|
4451 |
|
|
goto error_return;
|
4452 |
|
|
}
|
4453 |
|
|
|
4454 |
|
|
amt = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
|
4455 |
|
|
amt *= sizeof (asection *);
|
4456 |
|
|
sections = (asection **) bfd_malloc (amt);
|
4457 |
|
|
if (sections == NULL && amt != 0)
|
4458 |
|
|
goto error_return;
|
4459 |
|
|
|
4460 |
|
|
isymend = isymbuf + symtab_hdr->sh_info;
|
4461 |
|
|
for (isym = isymbuf, secpp = sections; isym < isymend; ++isym, ++secpp)
|
4462 |
|
|
{
|
4463 |
|
|
asection *isec;
|
4464 |
|
|
|
4465 |
|
|
if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_UNDEF)
|
4466 |
|
|
isec = bfd_und_section_ptr;
|
4467 |
|
|
else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_ABS)
|
4468 |
|
|
isec = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
|
4469 |
|
|
else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON)
|
4470 |
|
|
isec = bfd_com_section_ptr;
|
4471 |
|
|
else
|
4472 |
|
|
isec = bfd_section_from_elf_index (input_bfd, isym->st_shndx);
|
4473 |
|
|
|
4474 |
|
|
*secpp = isec;
|
4475 |
|
|
}
|
4476 |
|
|
|
4477 |
|
|
if (! sh_elf_relocate_section (output_bfd, link_info, input_bfd,
|
4478 |
|
|
input_section, data, internal_relocs,
|
4479 |
|
|
isymbuf, sections))
|
4480 |
|
|
goto error_return;
|
4481 |
|
|
|
4482 |
|
|
if (sections != NULL)
|
4483 |
|
|
free (sections);
|
4484 |
|
|
if (isymbuf != NULL
|
4485 |
|
|
&& symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
|
4486 |
|
|
free (isymbuf);
|
4487 |
|
|
if (elf_section_data (input_section)->relocs != internal_relocs)
|
4488 |
|
|
free (internal_relocs);
|
4489 |
|
|
}
|
4490 |
|
|
|
4491 |
|
|
return data;
|
4492 |
|
|
|
4493 |
|
|
error_return:
|
4494 |
|
|
if (sections != NULL)
|
4495 |
|
|
free (sections);
|
4496 |
|
|
if (isymbuf != NULL
|
4497 |
|
|
&& symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
|
4498 |
|
|
free (isymbuf);
|
4499 |
|
|
if (internal_relocs != NULL
|
4500 |
|
|
&& elf_section_data (input_section)->relocs != internal_relocs)
|
4501 |
|
|
free (internal_relocs);
|
4502 |
|
|
return NULL;
|
4503 |
|
|
}
|
4504 |
|
|
|
4505 |
|
|
/* Return the base VMA address which should be subtracted from real addresses
|
4506 |
|
|
when resolving @dtpoff relocation.
|
4507 |
|
|
This is PT_TLS segment p_vaddr. */
|
4508 |
|
|
|
4509 |
|
|
static bfd_vma
|
4510 |
|
|
dtpoff_base (struct bfd_link_info *info)
|
4511 |
|
|
{
|
4512 |
|
|
/* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
|
4513 |
|
|
if (elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec == NULL)
|
4514 |
|
|
return 0;
|
4515 |
|
|
return elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma;
|
4516 |
|
|
}
|
4517 |
|
|
|
4518 |
|
|
/* Return the relocation value for R_SH_TLS_TPOFF32.. */
|
4519 |
|
|
|
4520 |
|
|
static bfd_vma
|
4521 |
|
|
tpoff (struct bfd_link_info *info, bfd_vma address)
|
4522 |
|
|
{
|
4523 |
|
|
/* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
|
4524 |
|
|
if (elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec == NULL)
|
4525 |
|
|
return 0;
|
4526 |
|
|
/* SH TLS ABI is variant I and static TLS block start just after tcbhead
|
4527 |
|
|
structure which has 2 pointer fields. */
|
4528 |
|
|
return (address - elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma
|
4529 |
|
|
+ align_power ((bfd_vma) 8,
|
4530 |
|
|
elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->alignment_power));
|
4531 |
|
|
}
|
4532 |
|
|
|
4533 |
|
|
static asection *
|
4534 |
|
|
sh_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection *sec,
|
4535 |
|
|
struct bfd_link_info *info,
|
4536 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
|
4537 |
|
|
struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
|
4538 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
|
4539 |
|
|
{
|
4540 |
|
|
if (h != NULL)
|
4541 |
|
|
switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info))
|
4542 |
|
|
{
|
4543 |
|
|
case R_SH_GNU_VTINHERIT:
|
4544 |
|
|
case R_SH_GNU_VTENTRY:
|
4545 |
|
|
return NULL;
|
4546 |
|
|
}
|
4547 |
|
|
|
4548 |
|
|
return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec, info, rel, h, sym);
|
4549 |
|
|
}
|
4550 |
|
|
|
4551 |
|
|
/* Update the got entry reference counts for the section being removed. */
|
4552 |
|
|
|
4553 |
|
|
static bfd_boolean
|
4554 |
|
|
sh_elf_gc_sweep_hook (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
|
4555 |
|
|
asection *sec, const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs)
|
4556 |
|
|
{
|
4557 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
|
4558 |
|
|
struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
|
4559 |
|
|
bfd_signed_vma *local_got_refcounts;
|
4560 |
|
|
const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, *relend;
|
4561 |
|
|
|
4562 |
|
|
if (info->relocatable)
|
4563 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
4564 |
|
|
|
4565 |
|
|
elf_section_data (sec)->local_dynrel = NULL;
|
4566 |
|
|
|
4567 |
|
|
symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd);
|
4568 |
|
|
sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
|
4569 |
|
|
local_got_refcounts = elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd);
|
4570 |
|
|
|
4571 |
|
|
relend = relocs + sec->reloc_count;
|
4572 |
|
|
for (rel = relocs; rel < relend; rel++)
|
4573 |
|
|
{
|
4574 |
|
|
unsigned long r_symndx;
|
4575 |
|
|
unsigned int r_type;
|
4576 |
|
|
struct elf_link_hash_entry *h = NULL;
|
4577 |
|
|
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
|
4578 |
|
|
int seen_stt_datalabel = 0;
|
4579 |
|
|
#endif
|
4580 |
|
|
|
4581 |
|
|
r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
|
4582 |
|
|
if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info)
|
4583 |
|
|
{
|
4584 |
|
|
struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *eh;
|
4585 |
|
|
struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs **pp;
|
4586 |
|
|
struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *p;
|
4587 |
|
|
|
4588 |
|
|
h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
|
4589 |
|
|
while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
|
4590 |
|
|
|| h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
|
4591 |
|
|
{
|
4592 |
|
|
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
|
4593 |
|
|
seen_stt_datalabel |= h->type == STT_DATALABEL;
|
4594 |
|
|
#endif
|
4595 |
|
|
h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
|
4596 |
|
|
}
|
4597 |
|
|
eh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h;
|
4598 |
|
|
for (pp = &eh->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; pp = &p->next)
|
4599 |
|
|
if (p->sec == sec)
|
4600 |
|
|
{
|
4601 |
|
|
/* Everything must go for SEC. */
|
4602 |
|
|
*pp = p->next;
|
4603 |
|
|
break;
|
4604 |
|
|
}
|
4605 |
|
|
}
|
4606 |
|
|
|
4607 |
|
|
r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
|
4608 |
|
|
switch (sh_elf_optimized_tls_reloc (info, r_type, h != NULL))
|
4609 |
|
|
{
|
4610 |
|
|
case R_SH_TLS_LD_32:
|
4611 |
|
|
if (sh_elf_hash_table (info)->tls_ldm_got.refcount > 0)
|
4612 |
|
|
sh_elf_hash_table (info)->tls_ldm_got.refcount -= 1;
|
4613 |
|
|
break;
|
4614 |
|
|
|
4615 |
|
|
case R_SH_GOT32:
|
4616 |
|
|
case R_SH_GOTOFF:
|
4617 |
|
|
case R_SH_GOTPC:
|
4618 |
|
|
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
|
4619 |
|
|
case R_SH_GOT_LOW16:
|
4620 |
|
|
case R_SH_GOT_MEDLOW16:
|
4621 |
|
|
case R_SH_GOT_MEDHI16:
|
4622 |
|
|
case R_SH_GOT_HI16:
|
4623 |
|
|
case R_SH_GOT10BY4:
|
4624 |
|
|
case R_SH_GOT10BY8:
|
4625 |
|
|
case R_SH_GOTOFF_LOW16:
|
4626 |
|
|
case R_SH_GOTOFF_MEDLOW16:
|
4627 |
|
|
case R_SH_GOTOFF_MEDHI16:
|
4628 |
|
|
case R_SH_GOTOFF_HI16:
|
4629 |
|
|
case R_SH_GOTPC_LOW16:
|
4630 |
|
|
case R_SH_GOTPC_MEDLOW16:
|
4631 |
|
|
case R_SH_GOTPC_MEDHI16:
|
4632 |
|
|
case R_SH_GOTPC_HI16:
|
4633 |
|
|
#endif
|
4634 |
|
|
case R_SH_TLS_GD_32:
|
4635 |
|
|
case R_SH_TLS_IE_32:
|
4636 |
|
|
if (h != NULL)
|
4637 |
|
|
{
|
4638 |
|
|
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
|
4639 |
|
|
if (seen_stt_datalabel)
|
4640 |
|
|
{
|
4641 |
|
|
struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *eh;
|
4642 |
|
|
eh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h;
|
4643 |
|
|
if (eh->datalabel_got.refcount > 0)
|
4644 |
|
|
eh->datalabel_got.refcount -= 1;
|
4645 |
|
|
}
|
4646 |
|
|
else
|
4647 |
|
|
#endif
|
4648 |
|
|
if (h->got.refcount > 0)
|
4649 |
|
|
h->got.refcount -= 1;
|
4650 |
|
|
}
|
4651 |
|
|
else if (local_got_refcounts != NULL)
|
4652 |
|
|
{
|
4653 |
|
|
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
|
4654 |
|
|
if (rel->r_addend & 1)
|
4655 |
|
|
{
|
4656 |
|
|
if (local_got_refcounts[symtab_hdr->sh_info + r_symndx] > 0)
|
4657 |
|
|
local_got_refcounts[symtab_hdr->sh_info + r_symndx] -= 1;
|
4658 |
|
|
}
|
4659 |
|
|
else
|
4660 |
|
|
#endif
|
4661 |
|
|
if (local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] > 0)
|
4662 |
|
|
local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] -= 1;
|
4663 |
|
|
}
|
4664 |
|
|
break;
|
4665 |
|
|
|
4666 |
|
|
case R_SH_DIR32:
|
4667 |
|
|
case R_SH_REL32:
|
4668 |
|
|
if (info->shared)
|
4669 |
|
|
break;
|
4670 |
|
|
/* Fall thru */
|
4671 |
|
|
|
4672 |
|
|
case R_SH_PLT32:
|
4673 |
|
|
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
|
4674 |
|
|
case R_SH_PLT_LOW16:
|
4675 |
|
|
case R_SH_PLT_MEDLOW16:
|
4676 |
|
|
case R_SH_PLT_MEDHI16:
|
4677 |
|
|
case R_SH_PLT_HI16:
|
4678 |
|
|
#endif
|
4679 |
|
|
if (h != NULL)
|
4680 |
|
|
{
|
4681 |
|
|
if (h->plt.refcount > 0)
|
4682 |
|
|
h->plt.refcount -= 1;
|
4683 |
|
|
}
|
4684 |
|
|
break;
|
4685 |
|
|
|
4686 |
|
|
case R_SH_GOTPLT32:
|
4687 |
|
|
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
|
4688 |
|
|
case R_SH_GOTPLT_LOW16:
|
4689 |
|
|
case R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDLOW16:
|
4690 |
|
|
case R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDHI16:
|
4691 |
|
|
case R_SH_GOTPLT_HI16:
|
4692 |
|
|
case R_SH_GOTPLT10BY4:
|
4693 |
|
|
case R_SH_GOTPLT10BY8:
|
4694 |
|
|
#endif
|
4695 |
|
|
if (h != NULL)
|
4696 |
|
|
{
|
4697 |
|
|
struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *eh;
|
4698 |
|
|
eh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h;
|
4699 |
|
|
if (eh->gotplt_refcount > 0)
|
4700 |
|
|
{
|
4701 |
|
|
eh->gotplt_refcount -= 1;
|
4702 |
|
|
if (h->plt.refcount > 0)
|
4703 |
|
|
h->plt.refcount -= 1;
|
4704 |
|
|
}
|
4705 |
|
|
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
|
4706 |
|
|
else if (seen_stt_datalabel)
|
4707 |
|
|
{
|
4708 |
|
|
if (eh->datalabel_got.refcount > 0)
|
4709 |
|
|
eh->datalabel_got.refcount -= 1;
|
4710 |
|
|
}
|
4711 |
|
|
#endif
|
4712 |
|
|
else if (h->got.refcount > 0)
|
4713 |
|
|
h->got.refcount -= 1;
|
4714 |
|
|
}
|
4715 |
|
|
else if (local_got_refcounts != NULL)
|
4716 |
|
|
{
|
4717 |
|
|
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
|
4718 |
|
|
if (rel->r_addend & 1)
|
4719 |
|
|
{
|
4720 |
|
|
if (local_got_refcounts[symtab_hdr->sh_info + r_symndx] > 0)
|
4721 |
|
|
local_got_refcounts[symtab_hdr->sh_info + r_symndx] -= 1;
|
4722 |
|
|
}
|
4723 |
|
|
else
|
4724 |
|
|
#endif
|
4725 |
|
|
if (local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] > 0)
|
4726 |
|
|
local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] -= 1;
|
4727 |
|
|
}
|
4728 |
|
|
break;
|
4729 |
|
|
|
4730 |
|
|
default:
|
4731 |
|
|
break;
|
4732 |
|
|
}
|
4733 |
|
|
}
|
4734 |
|
|
|
4735 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
4736 |
|
|
}
|
4737 |
|
|
|
4738 |
|
|
/* Copy the extra info we tack onto an elf_link_hash_entry. */
|
4739 |
|
|
|
4740 |
|
|
static void
|
4741 |
|
|
sh_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
|
4742 |
|
|
struct elf_link_hash_entry *dir,
|
4743 |
|
|
struct elf_link_hash_entry *ind)
|
4744 |
|
|
{
|
4745 |
|
|
struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *edir, *eind;
|
4746 |
|
|
|
4747 |
|
|
edir = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) dir;
|
4748 |
|
|
eind = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) ind;
|
4749 |
|
|
|
4750 |
|
|
if (eind->dyn_relocs != NULL)
|
4751 |
|
|
{
|
4752 |
|
|
if (edir->dyn_relocs != NULL)
|
4753 |
|
|
{
|
4754 |
|
|
struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs **pp;
|
4755 |
|
|
struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *p;
|
4756 |
|
|
|
4757 |
|
|
/* Add reloc counts against the indirect sym to the direct sym
|
4758 |
|
|
list. Merge any entries against the same section. */
|
4759 |
|
|
for (pp = &eind->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; )
|
4760 |
|
|
{
|
4761 |
|
|
struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *q;
|
4762 |
|
|
|
4763 |
|
|
for (q = edir->dyn_relocs; q != NULL; q = q->next)
|
4764 |
|
|
if (q->sec == p->sec)
|
4765 |
|
|
{
|
4766 |
|
|
q->pc_count += p->pc_count;
|
4767 |
|
|
q->count += p->count;
|
4768 |
|
|
*pp = p->next;
|
4769 |
|
|
break;
|
4770 |
|
|
}
|
4771 |
|
|
if (q == NULL)
|
4772 |
|
|
pp = &p->next;
|
4773 |
|
|
}
|
4774 |
|
|
*pp = edir->dyn_relocs;
|
4775 |
|
|
}
|
4776 |
|
|
|
4777 |
|
|
edir->dyn_relocs = eind->dyn_relocs;
|
4778 |
|
|
eind->dyn_relocs = NULL;
|
4779 |
|
|
}
|
4780 |
|
|
edir->gotplt_refcount = eind->gotplt_refcount;
|
4781 |
|
|
eind->gotplt_refcount = 0;
|
4782 |
|
|
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
|
4783 |
|
|
edir->datalabel_got.refcount += eind->datalabel_got.refcount;
|
4784 |
|
|
eind->datalabel_got.refcount = 0;
|
4785 |
|
|
#endif
|
4786 |
|
|
|
4787 |
|
|
if (ind->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
|
4788 |
|
|
&& dir->got.refcount <= 0)
|
4789 |
|
|
{
|
4790 |
|
|
edir->tls_type = eind->tls_type;
|
4791 |
|
|
eind->tls_type = GOT_UNKNOWN;
|
4792 |
|
|
}
|
4793 |
|
|
|
4794 |
|
|
if (ind->root.type != bfd_link_hash_indirect
|
4795 |
|
|
&& dir->dynamic_adjusted)
|
4796 |
|
|
{
|
4797 |
|
|
/* If called to transfer flags for a weakdef during processing
|
4798 |
|
|
of elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol, don't copy non_got_ref.
|
4799 |
|
|
We clear it ourselves for ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS. */
|
4800 |
|
|
dir->ref_dynamic |= ind->ref_dynamic;
|
4801 |
|
|
dir->ref_regular |= ind->ref_regular;
|
4802 |
|
|
dir->ref_regular_nonweak |= ind->ref_regular_nonweak;
|
4803 |
|
|
dir->needs_plt |= ind->needs_plt;
|
4804 |
|
|
}
|
4805 |
|
|
else
|
4806 |
|
|
_bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (info, dir, ind);
|
4807 |
|
|
}
|
4808 |
|
|
|
4809 |
|
|
static int
|
4810 |
|
|
sh_elf_optimized_tls_reloc (struct bfd_link_info *info, int r_type,
|
4811 |
|
|
int is_local)
|
4812 |
|
|
{
|
4813 |
|
|
if (info->shared)
|
4814 |
|
|
return r_type;
|
4815 |
|
|
|
4816 |
|
|
switch (r_type)
|
4817 |
|
|
{
|
4818 |
|
|
case R_SH_TLS_GD_32:
|
4819 |
|
|
case R_SH_TLS_IE_32:
|
4820 |
|
|
if (is_local)
|
4821 |
|
|
return R_SH_TLS_LE_32;
|
4822 |
|
|
return R_SH_TLS_IE_32;
|
4823 |
|
|
case R_SH_TLS_LD_32:
|
4824 |
|
|
return R_SH_TLS_LE_32;
|
4825 |
|
|
}
|
4826 |
|
|
|
4827 |
|
|
return r_type;
|
4828 |
|
|
}
|
4829 |
|
|
|
4830 |
|
|
/* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase.
|
4831 |
|
|
Since we don't do .gots or .plts, we just need to consider the
|
4832 |
|
|
virtual table relocs for gc. */
|
4833 |
|
|
|
4834 |
|
|
static bfd_boolean
|
4835 |
|
|
sh_elf_check_relocs (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info, asection *sec,
|
4836 |
|
|
const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs)
|
4837 |
|
|
{
|
4838 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
|
4839 |
|
|
struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
|
4840 |
|
|
struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
|
4841 |
|
|
const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
|
4842 |
|
|
const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel_end;
|
4843 |
|
|
bfd_vma *local_got_offsets;
|
4844 |
|
|
asection *sgot;
|
4845 |
|
|
asection *srelgot;
|
4846 |
|
|
asection *sreloc;
|
4847 |
|
|
unsigned int r_type;
|
4848 |
|
|
int tls_type, old_tls_type;
|
4849 |
|
|
|
4850 |
|
|
sgot = NULL;
|
4851 |
|
|
srelgot = NULL;
|
4852 |
|
|
sreloc = NULL;
|
4853 |
|
|
|
4854 |
|
|
if (info->relocatable)
|
4855 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
4856 |
|
|
|
4857 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (is_sh_elf (abfd));
|
4858 |
|
|
|
4859 |
|
|
symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd);
|
4860 |
|
|
sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
|
4861 |
|
|
|
4862 |
|
|
htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
|
4863 |
|
|
local_got_offsets = elf_local_got_offsets (abfd);
|
4864 |
|
|
|
4865 |
|
|
rel_end = relocs + sec->reloc_count;
|
4866 |
|
|
for (rel = relocs; rel < rel_end; rel++)
|
4867 |
|
|
{
|
4868 |
|
|
struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
|
4869 |
|
|
unsigned long r_symndx;
|
4870 |
|
|
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
|
4871 |
|
|
int seen_stt_datalabel = 0;
|
4872 |
|
|
#endif
|
4873 |
|
|
|
4874 |
|
|
r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
|
4875 |
|
|
r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
|
4876 |
|
|
|
4877 |
|
|
if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
|
4878 |
|
|
h = NULL;
|
4879 |
|
|
else
|
4880 |
|
|
{
|
4881 |
|
|
h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
|
4882 |
|
|
while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
|
4883 |
|
|
|| h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
|
4884 |
|
|
{
|
4885 |
|
|
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
|
4886 |
|
|
seen_stt_datalabel |= h->type == STT_DATALABEL;
|
4887 |
|
|
#endif
|
4888 |
|
|
h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
|
4889 |
|
|
}
|
4890 |
|
|
}
|
4891 |
|
|
|
4892 |
|
|
r_type = sh_elf_optimized_tls_reloc (info, r_type, h == NULL);
|
4893 |
|
|
if (! info->shared
|
4894 |
|
|
&& r_type == R_SH_TLS_IE_32
|
4895 |
|
|
&& h != NULL
|
4896 |
|
|
&& h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefined
|
4897 |
|
|
&& h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak
|
4898 |
|
|
&& (h->dynindx == -1
|
4899 |
|
|
|| h->def_regular))
|
4900 |
|
|
r_type = R_SH_TLS_LE_32;
|
4901 |
|
|
|
4902 |
|
|
/* Some relocs require a global offset table. */
|
4903 |
|
|
if (htab->sgot == NULL)
|
4904 |
|
|
{
|
4905 |
|
|
switch (r_type)
|
4906 |
|
|
{
|
4907 |
|
|
case R_SH_GOTPLT32:
|
4908 |
|
|
case R_SH_GOT32:
|
4909 |
|
|
case R_SH_GOTOFF:
|
4910 |
|
|
case R_SH_GOTPC:
|
4911 |
|
|
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
|
4912 |
|
|
case R_SH_GOTPLT_LOW16:
|
4913 |
|
|
case R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDLOW16:
|
4914 |
|
|
case R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDHI16:
|
4915 |
|
|
case R_SH_GOTPLT_HI16:
|
4916 |
|
|
case R_SH_GOTPLT10BY4:
|
4917 |
|
|
case R_SH_GOTPLT10BY8:
|
4918 |
|
|
case R_SH_GOT_LOW16:
|
4919 |
|
|
case R_SH_GOT_MEDLOW16:
|
4920 |
|
|
case R_SH_GOT_MEDHI16:
|
4921 |
|
|
case R_SH_GOT_HI16:
|
4922 |
|
|
case R_SH_GOT10BY4:
|
4923 |
|
|
case R_SH_GOT10BY8:
|
4924 |
|
|
case R_SH_GOTOFF_LOW16:
|
4925 |
|
|
case R_SH_GOTOFF_MEDLOW16:
|
4926 |
|
|
case R_SH_GOTOFF_MEDHI16:
|
4927 |
|
|
case R_SH_GOTOFF_HI16:
|
4928 |
|
|
case R_SH_GOTPC_LOW16:
|
4929 |
|
|
case R_SH_GOTPC_MEDLOW16:
|
4930 |
|
|
case R_SH_GOTPC_MEDHI16:
|
4931 |
|
|
case R_SH_GOTPC_HI16:
|
4932 |
|
|
#endif
|
4933 |
|
|
case R_SH_TLS_GD_32:
|
4934 |
|
|
case R_SH_TLS_LD_32:
|
4935 |
|
|
case R_SH_TLS_IE_32:
|
4936 |
|
|
if (htab->sgot == NULL)
|
4937 |
|
|
{
|
4938 |
|
|
if (htab->root.dynobj == NULL)
|
4939 |
|
|
htab->root.dynobj = abfd;
|
4940 |
|
|
if (!create_got_section (htab->root.dynobj, info))
|
4941 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
4942 |
|
|
}
|
4943 |
|
|
break;
|
4944 |
|
|
|
4945 |
|
|
default:
|
4946 |
|
|
break;
|
4947 |
|
|
}
|
4948 |
|
|
}
|
4949 |
|
|
|
4950 |
|
|
switch (r_type)
|
4951 |
|
|
{
|
4952 |
|
|
/* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
|
4953 |
|
|
Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */
|
4954 |
|
|
case R_SH_GNU_VTINHERIT:
|
4955 |
|
|
if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_offset))
|
4956 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
4957 |
|
|
break;
|
4958 |
|
|
|
4959 |
|
|
/* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
|
4960 |
|
|
used. Record for later use during GC. */
|
4961 |
|
|
case R_SH_GNU_VTENTRY:
|
4962 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL);
|
4963 |
|
|
if (h != NULL
|
4964 |
|
|
&& !bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_addend))
|
4965 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
4966 |
|
|
break;
|
4967 |
|
|
|
4968 |
|
|
case R_SH_TLS_IE_32:
|
4969 |
|
|
if (info->shared)
|
4970 |
|
|
info->flags |= DF_STATIC_TLS;
|
4971 |
|
|
|
4972 |
|
|
/* FALLTHROUGH */
|
4973 |
|
|
force_got:
|
4974 |
|
|
case R_SH_TLS_GD_32:
|
4975 |
|
|
case R_SH_GOT32:
|
4976 |
|
|
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
|
4977 |
|
|
case R_SH_GOT_LOW16:
|
4978 |
|
|
case R_SH_GOT_MEDLOW16:
|
4979 |
|
|
case R_SH_GOT_MEDHI16:
|
4980 |
|
|
case R_SH_GOT_HI16:
|
4981 |
|
|
case R_SH_GOT10BY4:
|
4982 |
|
|
case R_SH_GOT10BY8:
|
4983 |
|
|
#endif
|
4984 |
|
|
switch (r_type)
|
4985 |
|
|
{
|
4986 |
|
|
default:
|
4987 |
|
|
tls_type = GOT_NORMAL;
|
4988 |
|
|
break;
|
4989 |
|
|
case R_SH_TLS_GD_32:
|
4990 |
|
|
tls_type = GOT_TLS_GD;
|
4991 |
|
|
break;
|
4992 |
|
|
case R_SH_TLS_IE_32:
|
4993 |
|
|
tls_type = GOT_TLS_IE;
|
4994 |
|
|
break;
|
4995 |
|
|
}
|
4996 |
|
|
|
4997 |
|
|
if (h != NULL)
|
4998 |
|
|
{
|
4999 |
|
|
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
|
5000 |
|
|
if (seen_stt_datalabel)
|
5001 |
|
|
{
|
5002 |
|
|
struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *eh
|
5003 |
|
|
= (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h;
|
5004 |
|
|
|
5005 |
|
|
eh->datalabel_got.refcount += 1;
|
5006 |
|
|
}
|
5007 |
|
|
else
|
5008 |
|
|
#endif
|
5009 |
|
|
h->got.refcount += 1;
|
5010 |
|
|
old_tls_type = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_type;
|
5011 |
|
|
}
|
5012 |
|
|
else
|
5013 |
|
|
{
|
5014 |
|
|
bfd_signed_vma *local_got_refcounts;
|
5015 |
|
|
|
5016 |
|
|
/* This is a global offset table entry for a local
|
5017 |
|
|
symbol. */
|
5018 |
|
|
local_got_refcounts = elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd);
|
5019 |
|
|
if (local_got_refcounts == NULL)
|
5020 |
|
|
{
|
5021 |
|
|
bfd_size_type size;
|
5022 |
|
|
|
5023 |
|
|
size = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
|
5024 |
|
|
size *= sizeof (bfd_signed_vma);
|
5025 |
|
|
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
|
5026 |
|
|
/* Reserve space for both the datalabel and
|
5027 |
|
|
codelabel local GOT offsets. */
|
5028 |
|
|
size *= 2;
|
5029 |
|
|
#endif
|
5030 |
|
|
size += symtab_hdr->sh_info;
|
5031 |
|
|
local_got_refcounts = ((bfd_signed_vma *)
|
5032 |
|
|
bfd_zalloc (abfd, size));
|
5033 |
|
|
if (local_got_refcounts == NULL)
|
5034 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
5035 |
|
|
elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd) = local_got_refcounts;
|
5036 |
|
|
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
|
5037 |
|
|
/* Take care of both the datalabel and codelabel local
|
5038 |
|
|
GOT offsets. */
|
5039 |
|
|
sh_elf_local_got_tls_type (abfd)
|
5040 |
|
|
= (char *) (local_got_refcounts + 2 * symtab_hdr->sh_info);
|
5041 |
|
|
#else
|
5042 |
|
|
sh_elf_local_got_tls_type (abfd)
|
5043 |
|
|
= (char *) (local_got_refcounts + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
|
5044 |
|
|
#endif
|
5045 |
|
|
}
|
5046 |
|
|
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
|
5047 |
|
|
if (rel->r_addend & 1)
|
5048 |
|
|
local_got_refcounts[symtab_hdr->sh_info + r_symndx] += 1;
|
5049 |
|
|
else
|
5050 |
|
|
#endif
|
5051 |
|
|
local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] += 1;
|
5052 |
|
|
old_tls_type = sh_elf_local_got_tls_type (abfd) [r_symndx];
|
5053 |
|
|
}
|
5054 |
|
|
|
5055 |
|
|
/* If a TLS symbol is accessed using IE at least once,
|
5056 |
|
|
there is no point to use dynamic model for it. */
|
5057 |
|
|
if (old_tls_type != tls_type && old_tls_type != GOT_UNKNOWN
|
5058 |
|
|
&& (old_tls_type != GOT_TLS_GD || tls_type != GOT_TLS_IE))
|
5059 |
|
|
{
|
5060 |
|
|
if (old_tls_type == GOT_TLS_IE && tls_type == GOT_TLS_GD)
|
5061 |
|
|
tls_type = GOT_TLS_IE;
|
5062 |
|
|
else
|
5063 |
|
|
{
|
5064 |
|
|
(*_bfd_error_handler)
|
5065 |
|
|
(_("%B: `%s' accessed both as normal and thread local symbol"),
|
5066 |
|
|
abfd, h->root.root.string);
|
5067 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
5068 |
|
|
}
|
5069 |
|
|
}
|
5070 |
|
|
|
5071 |
|
|
if (old_tls_type != tls_type)
|
5072 |
|
|
{
|
5073 |
|
|
if (h != NULL)
|
5074 |
|
|
sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_type = tls_type;
|
5075 |
|
|
else
|
5076 |
|
|
sh_elf_local_got_tls_type (abfd) [r_symndx] = tls_type;
|
5077 |
|
|
}
|
5078 |
|
|
|
5079 |
|
|
break;
|
5080 |
|
|
|
5081 |
|
|
case R_SH_TLS_LD_32:
|
5082 |
|
|
sh_elf_hash_table(info)->tls_ldm_got.refcount += 1;
|
5083 |
|
|
break;
|
5084 |
|
|
|
5085 |
|
|
case R_SH_GOTPLT32:
|
5086 |
|
|
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
|
5087 |
|
|
case R_SH_GOTPLT_LOW16:
|
5088 |
|
|
case R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDLOW16:
|
5089 |
|
|
case R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDHI16:
|
5090 |
|
|
case R_SH_GOTPLT_HI16:
|
5091 |
|
|
case R_SH_GOTPLT10BY4:
|
5092 |
|
|
case R_SH_GOTPLT10BY8:
|
5093 |
|
|
#endif
|
5094 |
|
|
/* If this is a local symbol, we resolve it directly without
|
5095 |
|
|
creating a procedure linkage table entry. */
|
5096 |
|
|
|
5097 |
|
|
if (h == NULL
|
5098 |
|
|
|| h->forced_local
|
5099 |
|
|
|| ! info->shared
|
5100 |
|
|
|| info->symbolic
|
5101 |
|
|
|| h->dynindx == -1)
|
5102 |
|
|
goto force_got;
|
5103 |
|
|
|
5104 |
|
|
h->needs_plt = 1;
|
5105 |
|
|
h->plt.refcount += 1;
|
5106 |
|
|
((struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h)->gotplt_refcount += 1;
|
5107 |
|
|
|
5108 |
|
|
break;
|
5109 |
|
|
|
5110 |
|
|
case R_SH_PLT32:
|
5111 |
|
|
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
|
5112 |
|
|
case R_SH_PLT_LOW16:
|
5113 |
|
|
case R_SH_PLT_MEDLOW16:
|
5114 |
|
|
case R_SH_PLT_MEDHI16:
|
5115 |
|
|
case R_SH_PLT_HI16:
|
5116 |
|
|
#endif
|
5117 |
|
|
/* This symbol requires a procedure linkage table entry. We
|
5118 |
|
|
actually build the entry in adjust_dynamic_symbol,
|
5119 |
|
|
because this might be a case of linking PIC code which is
|
5120 |
|
|
never referenced by a dynamic object, in which case we
|
5121 |
|
|
don't need to generate a procedure linkage table entry
|
5122 |
|
|
after all. */
|
5123 |
|
|
|
5124 |
|
|
/* If this is a local symbol, we resolve it directly without
|
5125 |
|
|
creating a procedure linkage table entry. */
|
5126 |
|
|
if (h == NULL)
|
5127 |
|
|
continue;
|
5128 |
|
|
|
5129 |
|
|
if (h->forced_local)
|
5130 |
|
|
break;
|
5131 |
|
|
|
5132 |
|
|
h->needs_plt = 1;
|
5133 |
|
|
h->plt.refcount += 1;
|
5134 |
|
|
break;
|
5135 |
|
|
|
5136 |
|
|
case R_SH_DIR32:
|
5137 |
|
|
case R_SH_REL32:
|
5138 |
|
|
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
|
5139 |
|
|
case R_SH_IMM_LOW16_PCREL:
|
5140 |
|
|
case R_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16_PCREL:
|
5141 |
|
|
case R_SH_IMM_MEDHI16_PCREL:
|
5142 |
|
|
case R_SH_IMM_HI16_PCREL:
|
5143 |
|
|
#endif
|
5144 |
|
|
if (h != NULL && ! info->shared)
|
5145 |
|
|
{
|
5146 |
|
|
h->non_got_ref = 1;
|
5147 |
|
|
h->plt.refcount += 1;
|
5148 |
|
|
}
|
5149 |
|
|
|
5150 |
|
|
/* If we are creating a shared library, and this is a reloc
|
5151 |
|
|
against a global symbol, or a non PC relative reloc
|
5152 |
|
|
against a local symbol, then we need to copy the reloc
|
5153 |
|
|
into the shared library. However, if we are linking with
|
5154 |
|
|
-Bsymbolic, we do not need to copy a reloc against a
|
5155 |
|
|
global symbol which is defined in an object we are
|
5156 |
|
|
including in the link (i.e., DEF_REGULAR is set). At
|
5157 |
|
|
this point we have not seen all the input files, so it is
|
5158 |
|
|
possible that DEF_REGULAR is not set now but will be set
|
5159 |
|
|
later (it is never cleared). We account for that
|
5160 |
|
|
possibility below by storing information in the
|
5161 |
|
|
dyn_relocs field of the hash table entry. A similar
|
5162 |
|
|
situation occurs when creating shared libraries and symbol
|
5163 |
|
|
visibility changes render the symbol local.
|
5164 |
|
|
|
5165 |
|
|
If on the other hand, we are creating an executable, we
|
5166 |
|
|
may need to keep relocations for symbols satisfied by a
|
5167 |
|
|
dynamic library if we manage to avoid copy relocs for the
|
5168 |
|
|
symbol. */
|
5169 |
|
|
if ((info->shared
|
5170 |
|
|
&& (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
|
5171 |
|
|
&& (r_type != R_SH_REL32
|
5172 |
|
|
|| (h != NULL
|
5173 |
|
|
&& (! info->symbolic
|
5174 |
|
|
|| h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak
|
5175 |
|
|
|| !h->def_regular))))
|
5176 |
|
|
|| (! info->shared
|
5177 |
|
|
&& (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
|
5178 |
|
|
&& h != NULL
|
5179 |
|
|
&& (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak
|
5180 |
|
|
|| !h->def_regular)))
|
5181 |
|
|
{
|
5182 |
|
|
struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *p;
|
5183 |
|
|
struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs **head;
|
5184 |
|
|
|
5185 |
|
|
if (htab->root.dynobj == NULL)
|
5186 |
|
|
htab->root.dynobj = abfd;
|
5187 |
|
|
|
5188 |
|
|
/* When creating a shared object, we must copy these
|
5189 |
|
|
reloc types into the output file. We create a reloc
|
5190 |
|
|
section in dynobj and make room for this reloc. */
|
5191 |
|
|
if (sreloc == NULL)
|
5192 |
|
|
{
|
5193 |
225 |
jeremybenn |
sreloc = _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_reloc_section
|
5194 |
|
|
(sec, htab->root.dynobj, 2, abfd, /*rela?*/ TRUE);
|
5195 |
24 |
jeremybenn |
|
5196 |
225 |
jeremybenn |
if (sreloc == NULL)
|
5197 |
24 |
jeremybenn |
return FALSE;
|
5198 |
|
|
}
|
5199 |
|
|
|
5200 |
|
|
/* If this is a global symbol, we count the number of
|
5201 |
|
|
relocations we need for this symbol. */
|
5202 |
|
|
if (h != NULL)
|
5203 |
|
|
head = &((struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h)->dyn_relocs;
|
5204 |
|
|
else
|
5205 |
|
|
{
|
5206 |
225 |
jeremybenn |
/* Track dynamic relocs needed for local syms too. */
|
5207 |
24 |
jeremybenn |
asection *s;
|
5208 |
|
|
void *vpp;
|
5209 |
225 |
jeremybenn |
Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
|
5210 |
24 |
jeremybenn |
|
5211 |
225 |
jeremybenn |
isym = bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab->sym_cache,
|
5212 |
|
|
abfd, r_symndx);
|
5213 |
|
|
if (isym == NULL)
|
5214 |
24 |
jeremybenn |
return FALSE;
|
5215 |
|
|
|
5216 |
225 |
jeremybenn |
s = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx);
|
5217 |
|
|
if (s == NULL)
|
5218 |
|
|
s = sec;
|
5219 |
|
|
|
5220 |
24 |
jeremybenn |
vpp = &elf_section_data (s)->local_dynrel;
|
5221 |
|
|
head = (struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs **) vpp;
|
5222 |
|
|
}
|
5223 |
|
|
|
5224 |
|
|
p = *head;
|
5225 |
|
|
if (p == NULL || p->sec != sec)
|
5226 |
|
|
{
|
5227 |
|
|
bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (*p);
|
5228 |
|
|
p = bfd_alloc (htab->root.dynobj, amt);
|
5229 |
|
|
if (p == NULL)
|
5230 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
5231 |
|
|
p->next = *head;
|
5232 |
|
|
*head = p;
|
5233 |
|
|
p->sec = sec;
|
5234 |
|
|
p->count = 0;
|
5235 |
|
|
p->pc_count = 0;
|
5236 |
|
|
}
|
5237 |
|
|
|
5238 |
|
|
p->count += 1;
|
5239 |
|
|
if (r_type == R_SH_REL32
|
5240 |
|
|
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
|
5241 |
|
|
|| r_type == R_SH_IMM_LOW16_PCREL
|
5242 |
|
|
|| r_type == R_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16_PCREL
|
5243 |
|
|
|| r_type == R_SH_IMM_MEDHI16_PCREL
|
5244 |
|
|
|| r_type == R_SH_IMM_HI16_PCREL
|
5245 |
|
|
#endif
|
5246 |
|
|
)
|
5247 |
|
|
p->pc_count += 1;
|
5248 |
|
|
}
|
5249 |
|
|
|
5250 |
|
|
break;
|
5251 |
|
|
|
5252 |
|
|
case R_SH_TLS_LE_32:
|
5253 |
|
|
if (info->shared)
|
5254 |
|
|
{
|
5255 |
|
|
(*_bfd_error_handler)
|
5256 |
|
|
(_("%B: TLS local exec code cannot be linked into shared objects"),
|
5257 |
|
|
abfd);
|
5258 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
5259 |
|
|
}
|
5260 |
|
|
|
5261 |
|
|
break;
|
5262 |
|
|
|
5263 |
|
|
case R_SH_TLS_LDO_32:
|
5264 |
|
|
/* Nothing to do. */
|
5265 |
|
|
break;
|
5266 |
|
|
|
5267 |
|
|
default:
|
5268 |
|
|
break;
|
5269 |
|
|
}
|
5270 |
|
|
}
|
5271 |
|
|
|
5272 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
5273 |
|
|
}
|
5274 |
|
|
|
5275 |
|
|
#ifndef sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags
|
5276 |
|
|
static unsigned int sh_ef_bfd_table[] = { EF_SH_BFD_TABLE };
|
5277 |
|
|
|
5278 |
|
|
static bfd_boolean
|
5279 |
|
|
sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags (bfd *abfd)
|
5280 |
|
|
{
|
5281 |
|
|
flagword flags = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_SH_MACH_MASK;
|
5282 |
|
|
|
5283 |
|
|
if (flags >= sizeof(sh_ef_bfd_table))
|
5284 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
5285 |
|
|
|
5286 |
|
|
if (sh_ef_bfd_table[flags] == 0)
|
5287 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
5288 |
|
|
|
5289 |
|
|
bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, bfd_arch_sh, sh_ef_bfd_table[flags]);
|
5290 |
|
|
|
5291 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
5292 |
|
|
}
|
5293 |
|
|
|
5294 |
|
|
|
5295 |
|
|
/* Reverse table lookup for sh_ef_bfd_table[].
|
5296 |
|
|
Given a bfd MACH value from archures.c
|
5297 |
|
|
return the equivalent ELF flags from the table.
|
5298 |
|
|
Return -1 if no match is found. */
|
5299 |
|
|
|
5300 |
|
|
int
|
5301 |
|
|
sh_elf_get_flags_from_mach (unsigned long mach)
|
5302 |
|
|
{
|
5303 |
|
|
int i = ARRAY_SIZE (sh_ef_bfd_table) - 1;
|
5304 |
|
|
|
5305 |
|
|
for (; i>0; i--)
|
5306 |
|
|
if (sh_ef_bfd_table[i] == mach)
|
5307 |
|
|
return i;
|
5308 |
|
|
|
5309 |
|
|
/* shouldn't get here */
|
5310 |
|
|
BFD_FAIL();
|
5311 |
|
|
|
5312 |
|
|
return -1;
|
5313 |
|
|
}
|
5314 |
|
|
#endif /* not sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags */
|
5315 |
|
|
|
5316 |
|
|
#ifndef sh_elf_set_private_flags
|
5317 |
|
|
/* Function to keep SH specific file flags. */
|
5318 |
|
|
|
5319 |
|
|
static bfd_boolean
|
5320 |
|
|
sh_elf_set_private_flags (bfd *abfd, flagword flags)
|
5321 |
|
|
{
|
5322 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (! elf_flags_init (abfd)
|
5323 |
|
|
|| elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags == flags);
|
5324 |
|
|
|
5325 |
|
|
elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags = flags;
|
5326 |
|
|
elf_flags_init (abfd) = TRUE;
|
5327 |
|
|
return sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags (abfd);
|
5328 |
|
|
}
|
5329 |
|
|
#endif /* not sh_elf_set_private_flags */
|
5330 |
|
|
|
5331 |
|
|
#ifndef sh_elf_copy_private_data
|
5332 |
|
|
/* Copy backend specific data from one object module to another */
|
5333 |
|
|
|
5334 |
|
|
static bfd_boolean
|
5335 |
|
|
sh_elf_copy_private_data (bfd * ibfd, bfd * obfd)
|
5336 |
|
|
{
|
5337 |
|
|
/* Copy object attributes. */
|
5338 |
|
|
_bfd_elf_copy_obj_attributes (ibfd, obfd);
|
5339 |
|
|
|
5340 |
|
|
if (! is_sh_elf (ibfd) || ! is_sh_elf (obfd))
|
5341 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
5342 |
|
|
|
5343 |
|
|
return sh_elf_set_private_flags (obfd, elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags);
|
5344 |
|
|
}
|
5345 |
|
|
#endif /* not sh_elf_copy_private_data */
|
5346 |
|
|
|
5347 |
|
|
#ifndef sh_elf_merge_private_data
|
5348 |
|
|
|
5349 |
|
|
/* This function returns the ELF architecture number that
|
5350 |
|
|
corresponds to the given arch_sh* flags. */
|
5351 |
|
|
|
5352 |
|
|
int
|
5353 |
|
|
sh_find_elf_flags (unsigned int arch_set)
|
5354 |
|
|
{
|
5355 |
|
|
extern unsigned long sh_get_bfd_mach_from_arch_set (unsigned int);
|
5356 |
|
|
unsigned long bfd_mach = sh_get_bfd_mach_from_arch_set (arch_set);
|
5357 |
|
|
|
5358 |
|
|
return sh_elf_get_flags_from_mach (bfd_mach);
|
5359 |
|
|
}
|
5360 |
|
|
|
5361 |
|
|
/* This routine initialises the elf flags when required and
|
5362 |
|
|
calls sh_merge_bfd_arch() to check dsp/fpu compatibility. */
|
5363 |
|
|
|
5364 |
|
|
static bfd_boolean
|
5365 |
|
|
sh_elf_merge_private_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
|
5366 |
|
|
{
|
5367 |
|
|
extern bfd_boolean sh_merge_bfd_arch (bfd *, bfd *);
|
5368 |
|
|
|
5369 |
|
|
if (! is_sh_elf (ibfd) || ! is_sh_elf (obfd))
|
5370 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
5371 |
|
|
|
5372 |
|
|
if (! elf_flags_init (obfd))
|
5373 |
|
|
{
|
5374 |
|
|
/* This happens when ld starts out with a 'blank' output file. */
|
5375 |
|
|
elf_flags_init (obfd) = TRUE;
|
5376 |
|
|
elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags = EF_SH1;
|
5377 |
|
|
sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags (obfd);
|
5378 |
|
|
}
|
5379 |
|
|
|
5380 |
|
|
if (! sh_merge_bfd_arch (ibfd, obfd))
|
5381 |
|
|
{
|
5382 |
|
|
_bfd_error_handler ("%B: uses instructions which are incompatible "
|
5383 |
|
|
"with instructions used in previous modules",
|
5384 |
|
|
ibfd);
|
5385 |
|
|
bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
|
5386 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
5387 |
|
|
}
|
5388 |
|
|
|
5389 |
|
|
elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags =
|
5390 |
|
|
sh_elf_get_flags_from_mach (bfd_get_mach (obfd));
|
5391 |
|
|
|
5392 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
5393 |
|
|
}
|
5394 |
|
|
#endif /* not sh_elf_merge_private_data */
|
5395 |
|
|
|
5396 |
|
|
/* Override the generic function because we need to store sh_elf_obj_tdata
|
5397 |
|
|
as the specific tdata. We set also the machine architecture from flags
|
5398 |
|
|
here. */
|
5399 |
|
|
|
5400 |
|
|
static bfd_boolean
|
5401 |
|
|
sh_elf_object_p (bfd *abfd)
|
5402 |
|
|
{
|
5403 |
|
|
return sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags (abfd);
|
5404 |
|
|
}
|
5405 |
|
|
|
5406 |
|
|
/* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of various
|
5407 |
|
|
dynamic sections here. */
|
5408 |
|
|
|
5409 |
|
|
static bfd_boolean
|
5410 |
|
|
sh_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
|
5411 |
|
|
struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
|
5412 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
|
5413 |
|
|
{
|
5414 |
|
|
struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
|
5415 |
|
|
|
5416 |
|
|
htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
|
5417 |
|
|
|
5418 |
|
|
if (h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
|
5419 |
|
|
{
|
5420 |
|
|
asection *splt;
|
5421 |
|
|
asection *sgot;
|
5422 |
|
|
asection *srel;
|
5423 |
|
|
|
5424 |
|
|
bfd_vma plt_index;
|
5425 |
|
|
bfd_vma got_offset;
|
5426 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
|
5427 |
|
|
bfd_byte *loc;
|
5428 |
|
|
|
5429 |
|
|
/* This symbol has an entry in the procedure linkage table. Set
|
5430 |
|
|
it up. */
|
5431 |
|
|
|
5432 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
|
5433 |
|
|
|
5434 |
|
|
splt = htab->splt;
|
5435 |
|
|
sgot = htab->sgotplt;
|
5436 |
|
|
srel = htab->srelplt;
|
5437 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (splt != NULL && sgot != NULL && srel != NULL);
|
5438 |
|
|
|
5439 |
|
|
/* Get the index in the procedure linkage table which
|
5440 |
|
|
corresponds to this symbol. This is the index of this symbol
|
5441 |
|
|
in all the symbols for which we are making plt entries. The
|
5442 |
|
|
first entry in the procedure linkage table is reserved. */
|
5443 |
|
|
plt_index = get_plt_index (htab->plt_info, h->plt.offset);
|
5444 |
|
|
|
5445 |
|
|
/* Get the offset into the .got table of the entry that
|
5446 |
|
|
corresponds to this function. Each .got entry is 4 bytes.
|
5447 |
|
|
The first three are reserved. */
|
5448 |
|
|
got_offset = (plt_index + 3) * 4;
|
5449 |
|
|
|
5450 |
|
|
#ifdef GOT_BIAS
|
5451 |
|
|
if (info->shared)
|
5452 |
|
|
got_offset -= GOT_BIAS;
|
5453 |
|
|
#endif
|
5454 |
|
|
|
5455 |
|
|
/* Fill in the entry in the procedure linkage table. */
|
5456 |
|
|
memcpy (splt->contents + h->plt.offset,
|
5457 |
|
|
htab->plt_info->symbol_entry,
|
5458 |
|
|
htab->plt_info->symbol_entry_size);
|
5459 |
|
|
|
5460 |
|
|
if (info->shared)
|
5461 |
|
|
install_plt_field (output_bfd, FALSE, got_offset,
|
5462 |
|
|
(splt->contents
|
5463 |
|
|
+ h->plt.offset
|
5464 |
|
|
+ htab->plt_info->symbol_fields.got_entry));
|
5465 |
|
|
else
|
5466 |
|
|
{
|
5467 |
|
|
install_plt_field (output_bfd, FALSE,
|
5468 |
|
|
(sgot->output_section->vma
|
5469 |
|
|
+ sgot->output_offset
|
5470 |
|
|
+ got_offset),
|
5471 |
|
|
(splt->contents
|
5472 |
|
|
+ h->plt.offset
|
5473 |
|
|
+ htab->plt_info->symbol_fields.got_entry));
|
5474 |
|
|
if (htab->vxworks_p)
|
5475 |
|
|
{
|
5476 |
|
|
unsigned int reachable_plts, plts_per_4k;
|
5477 |
|
|
int distance;
|
5478 |
|
|
|
5479 |
|
|
/* Divide the PLT into groups. The first group contains
|
5480 |
|
|
REACHABLE_PLTS entries and the other groups contain
|
5481 |
|
|
PLTS_PER_4K entries. Entries in the first group can
|
5482 |
|
|
branch directly to .plt; those in later groups branch
|
5483 |
|
|
to the last element of the previous group. */
|
5484 |
|
|
/* ??? It would be better to create multiple copies of
|
5485 |
|
|
the common resolver stub. */
|
5486 |
|
|
reachable_plts = ((4096
|
5487 |
|
|
- htab->plt_info->plt0_entry_size
|
5488 |
|
|
- (htab->plt_info->symbol_fields.plt + 4))
|
5489 |
|
|
/ htab->plt_info->symbol_entry_size) + 1;
|
5490 |
|
|
plts_per_4k = (4096 / htab->plt_info->symbol_entry_size);
|
5491 |
|
|
if (plt_index < reachable_plts)
|
5492 |
|
|
distance = -(h->plt.offset
|
5493 |
|
|
+ htab->plt_info->symbol_fields.plt);
|
5494 |
|
|
else
|
5495 |
|
|
distance = -(((plt_index - reachable_plts) % plts_per_4k + 1)
|
5496 |
|
|
* htab->plt_info->symbol_entry_size);
|
5497 |
|
|
|
5498 |
|
|
/* Install the 'bra' with this offset. */
|
5499 |
|
|
bfd_put_16 (output_bfd,
|
5500 |
|
|
0xa000 | (0x0fff & ((distance - 4) / 2)),
|
5501 |
|
|
(splt->contents
|
5502 |
|
|
+ h->plt.offset
|
5503 |
|
|
+ htab->plt_info->symbol_fields.plt));
|
5504 |
|
|
}
|
5505 |
|
|
else
|
5506 |
|
|
install_plt_field (output_bfd, TRUE,
|
5507 |
|
|
splt->output_section->vma + splt->output_offset,
|
5508 |
|
|
(splt->contents
|
5509 |
|
|
+ h->plt.offset
|
5510 |
|
|
+ htab->plt_info->symbol_fields.plt));
|
5511 |
|
|
}
|
5512 |
|
|
|
5513 |
|
|
#ifdef GOT_BIAS
|
5514 |
|
|
if (info->shared)
|
5515 |
|
|
got_offset += GOT_BIAS;
|
5516 |
|
|
#endif
|
5517 |
|
|
|
5518 |
|
|
install_plt_field (output_bfd, FALSE,
|
5519 |
|
|
plt_index * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela),
|
5520 |
|
|
(splt->contents
|
5521 |
|
|
+ h->plt.offset
|
5522 |
|
|
+ htab->plt_info->symbol_fields.reloc_offset));
|
5523 |
|
|
|
5524 |
|
|
/* Fill in the entry in the global offset table. */
|
5525 |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
|
5526 |
|
|
(splt->output_section->vma
|
5527 |
|
|
+ splt->output_offset
|
5528 |
|
|
+ h->plt.offset
|
5529 |
|
|
+ htab->plt_info->symbol_resolve_offset),
|
5530 |
|
|
sgot->contents + got_offset);
|
5531 |
|
|
|
5532 |
|
|
/* Fill in the entry in the .rela.plt section. */
|
5533 |
|
|
rel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
|
5534 |
|
|
+ sgot->output_offset
|
5535 |
|
|
+ got_offset);
|
5536 |
|
|
rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_JMP_SLOT);
|
5537 |
|
|
rel.r_addend = 0;
|
5538 |
|
|
#ifdef GOT_BIAS
|
5539 |
|
|
rel.r_addend = GOT_BIAS;
|
5540 |
|
|
#endif
|
5541 |
|
|
loc = srel->contents + plt_index * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
|
5542 |
|
|
bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
|
5543 |
|
|
|
5544 |
|
|
if (htab->vxworks_p && !info->shared)
|
5545 |
|
|
{
|
5546 |
|
|
/* Create the .rela.plt.unloaded relocations for this PLT entry.
|
5547 |
|
|
Begin by pointing LOC to the first such relocation. */
|
5548 |
|
|
loc = (htab->srelplt2->contents
|
5549 |
|
|
+ (plt_index * 2 + 1) * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
|
5550 |
|
|
|
5551 |
|
|
/* Create a .rela.plt.unloaded R_SH_DIR32 relocation
|
5552 |
|
|
for the PLT entry's pointer to the .got.plt entry. */
|
5553 |
|
|
rel.r_offset = (htab->splt->output_section->vma
|
5554 |
|
|
+ htab->splt->output_offset
|
5555 |
|
|
+ h->plt.offset
|
5556 |
|
|
+ htab->plt_info->symbol_fields.got_entry);
|
5557 |
|
|
rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_SH_DIR32);
|
5558 |
|
|
rel.r_addend = got_offset;
|
5559 |
|
|
bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
|
5560 |
|
|
loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
|
5561 |
|
|
|
5562 |
|
|
/* Create a .rela.plt.unloaded R_SH_DIR32 relocation for
|
5563 |
|
|
the .got.plt entry, which initially points to .plt. */
|
5564 |
|
|
rel.r_offset = (htab->sgotplt->output_section->vma
|
5565 |
|
|
+ htab->sgotplt->output_offset
|
5566 |
|
|
+ got_offset);
|
5567 |
|
|
rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hplt->indx, R_SH_DIR32);
|
5568 |
|
|
rel.r_addend = 0;
|
5569 |
|
|
bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
|
5570 |
|
|
}
|
5571 |
|
|
|
5572 |
|
|
if (!h->def_regular)
|
5573 |
|
|
{
|
5574 |
|
|
/* Mark the symbol as undefined, rather than as defined in
|
5575 |
|
|
the .plt section. Leave the value alone. */
|
5576 |
|
|
sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
|
5577 |
|
|
}
|
5578 |
|
|
}
|
5579 |
|
|
|
5580 |
|
|
if (h->got.offset != (bfd_vma) -1
|
5581 |
|
|
&& sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_type != GOT_TLS_GD
|
5582 |
|
|
&& sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_type != GOT_TLS_IE)
|
5583 |
|
|
{
|
5584 |
|
|
asection *sgot;
|
5585 |
|
|
asection *srel;
|
5586 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
|
5587 |
|
|
bfd_byte *loc;
|
5588 |
|
|
|
5589 |
|
|
/* This symbol has an entry in the global offset table. Set it
|
5590 |
|
|
up. */
|
5591 |
|
|
|
5592 |
|
|
sgot = htab->sgot;
|
5593 |
|
|
srel = htab->srelgot;
|
5594 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL && srel != NULL);
|
5595 |
|
|
|
5596 |
|
|
rel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
|
5597 |
|
|
+ sgot->output_offset
|
5598 |
|
|
+ (h->got.offset &~ (bfd_vma) 1));
|
5599 |
|
|
|
5600 |
|
|
/* If this is a static link, or it is a -Bsymbolic link and the
|
5601 |
|
|
symbol is defined locally or was forced to be local because
|
5602 |
|
|
of a version file, we just want to emit a RELATIVE reloc.
|
5603 |
|
|
The entry in the global offset table will already have been
|
5604 |
|
|
initialized in the relocate_section function. */
|
5605 |
|
|
if (info->shared
|
5606 |
|
|
&& SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
|
5607 |
|
|
{
|
5608 |
|
|
rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_SH_RELATIVE);
|
5609 |
|
|
rel.r_addend = (h->root.u.def.value
|
5610 |
|
|
+ h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
|
5611 |
|
|
+ h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
|
5612 |
|
|
}
|
5613 |
|
|
else
|
5614 |
|
|
{
|
5615 |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgot->contents + h->got.offset);
|
5616 |
|
|
rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_GLOB_DAT);
|
5617 |
|
|
rel.r_addend = 0;
|
5618 |
|
|
}
|
5619 |
|
|
|
5620 |
|
|
loc = srel->contents;
|
5621 |
|
|
loc += srel->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
|
5622 |
|
|
bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
|
5623 |
|
|
}
|
5624 |
|
|
|
5625 |
|
|
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
|
5626 |
|
|
{
|
5627 |
|
|
struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *eh;
|
5628 |
|
|
|
5629 |
|
|
eh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h;
|
5630 |
|
|
if (eh->datalabel_got.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
|
5631 |
|
|
{
|
5632 |
|
|
asection *sgot;
|
5633 |
|
|
asection *srel;
|
5634 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
|
5635 |
|
|
bfd_byte *loc;
|
5636 |
|
|
|
5637 |
|
|
/* This symbol has a datalabel entry in the global offset table.
|
5638 |
|
|
Set it up. */
|
5639 |
|
|
|
5640 |
|
|
sgot = htab->sgot;
|
5641 |
|
|
srel = htab->srelgot;
|
5642 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL && srel != NULL);
|
5643 |
|
|
|
5644 |
|
|
rel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
|
5645 |
|
|
+ sgot->output_offset
|
5646 |
|
|
+ (eh->datalabel_got.offset &~ (bfd_vma) 1));
|
5647 |
|
|
|
5648 |
|
|
/* If this is a static link, or it is a -Bsymbolic link and the
|
5649 |
|
|
symbol is defined locally or was forced to be local because
|
5650 |
|
|
of a version file, we just want to emit a RELATIVE reloc.
|
5651 |
|
|
The entry in the global offset table will already have been
|
5652 |
|
|
initialized in the relocate_section function. */
|
5653 |
|
|
if (info->shared
|
5654 |
|
|
&& SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
|
5655 |
|
|
{
|
5656 |
|
|
rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_SH_RELATIVE);
|
5657 |
|
|
rel.r_addend = (h->root.u.def.value
|
5658 |
|
|
+ h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
|
5659 |
|
|
+ h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
|
5660 |
|
|
}
|
5661 |
|
|
else
|
5662 |
|
|
{
|
5663 |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgot->contents
|
5664 |
|
|
+ eh->datalabel_got.offset);
|
5665 |
|
|
rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_GLOB_DAT);
|
5666 |
|
|
rel.r_addend = 0;
|
5667 |
|
|
}
|
5668 |
|
|
|
5669 |
|
|
loc = srel->contents;
|
5670 |
|
|
loc += srel->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
|
5671 |
|
|
bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
|
5672 |
|
|
}
|
5673 |
|
|
}
|
5674 |
|
|
#endif
|
5675 |
|
|
|
5676 |
|
|
if (h->needs_copy)
|
5677 |
|
|
{
|
5678 |
|
|
asection *s;
|
5679 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
|
5680 |
|
|
bfd_byte *loc;
|
5681 |
|
|
|
5682 |
|
|
/* This symbol needs a copy reloc. Set it up. */
|
5683 |
|
|
|
5684 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1
|
5685 |
|
|
&& (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
|
5686 |
|
|
|| h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak));
|
5687 |
|
|
|
5688 |
|
|
s = bfd_get_section_by_name (h->root.u.def.section->owner,
|
5689 |
|
|
".rela.bss");
|
5690 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
|
5691 |
|
|
|
5692 |
|
|
rel.r_offset = (h->root.u.def.value
|
5693 |
|
|
+ h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
|
5694 |
|
|
+ h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
|
5695 |
|
|
rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_COPY);
|
5696 |
|
|
rel.r_addend = 0;
|
5697 |
|
|
loc = s->contents + s->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
|
5698 |
|
|
bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
|
5699 |
|
|
}
|
5700 |
|
|
|
5701 |
|
|
/* Mark _DYNAMIC and _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ as absolute. On VxWorks,
|
5702 |
|
|
_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ is not absolute: it is relative to the
|
5703 |
|
|
".got" section. */
|
5704 |
|
|
if (strcmp (h->root.root.string, "_DYNAMIC") == 0
|
5705 |
|
|
|| (!htab->vxworks_p && h == htab->root.hgot))
|
5706 |
|
|
sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS;
|
5707 |
|
|
|
5708 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
5709 |
|
|
}
|
5710 |
|
|
|
5711 |
|
|
/* Finish up the dynamic sections. */
|
5712 |
|
|
|
5713 |
|
|
static bfd_boolean
|
5714 |
|
|
sh_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
|
5715 |
|
|
{
|
5716 |
|
|
struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
|
5717 |
|
|
asection *sgot;
|
5718 |
|
|
asection *sdyn;
|
5719 |
|
|
|
5720 |
|
|
htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
|
5721 |
|
|
sgot = htab->sgotplt;
|
5722 |
|
|
sdyn = bfd_get_section_by_name (htab->root.dynobj, ".dynamic");
|
5723 |
|
|
|
5724 |
|
|
if (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created)
|
5725 |
|
|
{
|
5726 |
|
|
asection *splt;
|
5727 |
|
|
Elf32_External_Dyn *dyncon, *dynconend;
|
5728 |
|
|
|
5729 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL && sdyn != NULL);
|
5730 |
|
|
|
5731 |
|
|
dyncon = (Elf32_External_Dyn *) sdyn->contents;
|
5732 |
|
|
dynconend = (Elf32_External_Dyn *) (sdyn->contents + sdyn->size);
|
5733 |
|
|
for (; dyncon < dynconend; dyncon++)
|
5734 |
|
|
{
|
5735 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
|
5736 |
|
|
asection *s;
|
5737 |
|
|
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
|
5738 |
|
|
const char *name;
|
5739 |
|
|
#endif
|
5740 |
|
|
|
5741 |
|
|
bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_in (htab->root.dynobj, dyncon, &dyn);
|
5742 |
|
|
|
5743 |
|
|
switch (dyn.d_tag)
|
5744 |
|
|
{
|
5745 |
|
|
default:
|
5746 |
|
|
if (htab->vxworks_p
|
5747 |
|
|
&& elf_vxworks_finish_dynamic_entry (output_bfd, &dyn))
|
5748 |
|
|
bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
|
5749 |
|
|
break;
|
5750 |
|
|
|
5751 |
|
|
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
|
5752 |
|
|
case DT_INIT:
|
5753 |
|
|
name = info->init_function;
|
5754 |
|
|
goto get_sym;
|
5755 |
|
|
|
5756 |
|
|
case DT_FINI:
|
5757 |
|
|
name = info->fini_function;
|
5758 |
|
|
get_sym:
|
5759 |
|
|
if (dyn.d_un.d_val != 0)
|
5760 |
|
|
{
|
5761 |
|
|
struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
|
5762 |
|
|
|
5763 |
|
|
h = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->root, name,
|
5764 |
|
|
FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
|
5765 |
|
|
if (h != NULL && (h->other & STO_SH5_ISA32))
|
5766 |
|
|
{
|
5767 |
|
|
dyn.d_un.d_val |= 1;
|
5768 |
|
|
bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
|
5769 |
|
|
}
|
5770 |
|
|
}
|
5771 |
|
|
break;
|
5772 |
|
|
#endif
|
5773 |
|
|
|
5774 |
|
|
case DT_PLTGOT:
|
5775 |
|
|
s = htab->sgot->output_section;
|
5776 |
|
|
goto get_vma;
|
5777 |
|
|
|
5778 |
|
|
case DT_JMPREL:
|
5779 |
|
|
s = htab->srelplt->output_section;
|
5780 |
|
|
get_vma:
|
5781 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
|
5782 |
|
|
dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->vma;
|
5783 |
|
|
bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
|
5784 |
|
|
break;
|
5785 |
|
|
|
5786 |
|
|
case DT_PLTRELSZ:
|
5787 |
|
|
s = htab->srelplt->output_section;
|
5788 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
|
5789 |
|
|
dyn.d_un.d_val = s->size;
|
5790 |
|
|
bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
|
5791 |
|
|
break;
|
5792 |
|
|
|
5793 |
|
|
case DT_RELASZ:
|
5794 |
|
|
/* My reading of the SVR4 ABI indicates that the
|
5795 |
|
|
procedure linkage table relocs (DT_JMPREL) should be
|
5796 |
|
|
included in the overall relocs (DT_RELA). This is
|
5797 |
|
|
what Solaris does. However, UnixWare can not handle
|
5798 |
|
|
that case. Therefore, we override the DT_RELASZ entry
|
5799 |
|
|
here to make it not include the JMPREL relocs. Since
|
5800 |
|
|
the linker script arranges for .rela.plt to follow all
|
5801 |
|
|
other relocation sections, we don't have to worry
|
5802 |
|
|
about changing the DT_RELA entry. */
|
5803 |
|
|
if (htab->srelplt != NULL)
|
5804 |
|
|
{
|
5805 |
|
|
s = htab->srelplt->output_section;
|
5806 |
|
|
dyn.d_un.d_val -= s->size;
|
5807 |
|
|
}
|
5808 |
|
|
bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
|
5809 |
|
|
break;
|
5810 |
|
|
}
|
5811 |
|
|
}
|
5812 |
|
|
|
5813 |
|
|
/* Fill in the first entry in the procedure linkage table. */
|
5814 |
|
|
splt = htab->splt;
|
5815 |
|
|
if (splt && splt->size > 0 && htab->plt_info->plt0_entry)
|
5816 |
|
|
{
|
5817 |
|
|
unsigned int i;
|
5818 |
|
|
|
5819 |
|
|
memcpy (splt->contents,
|
5820 |
|
|
htab->plt_info->plt0_entry,
|
5821 |
|
|
htab->plt_info->plt0_entry_size);
|
5822 |
|
|
for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (htab->plt_info->plt0_got_fields); i++)
|
5823 |
|
|
if (htab->plt_info->plt0_got_fields[i] != MINUS_ONE)
|
5824 |
|
|
install_plt_field (output_bfd, FALSE,
|
5825 |
|
|
(sgot->output_section->vma
|
5826 |
|
|
+ sgot->output_offset
|
5827 |
|
|
+ (i * 4)),
|
5828 |
|
|
(splt->contents
|
5829 |
|
|
+ htab->plt_info->plt0_got_fields[i]));
|
5830 |
|
|
|
5831 |
|
|
if (htab->vxworks_p)
|
5832 |
|
|
{
|
5833 |
|
|
/* Finalize the .rela.plt.unloaded contents. */
|
5834 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
|
5835 |
|
|
bfd_byte *loc;
|
5836 |
|
|
|
5837 |
|
|
/* Create a .rela.plt.unloaded R_SH_DIR32 relocation for the
|
5838 |
|
|
first PLT entry's pointer to _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ + 8. */
|
5839 |
|
|
loc = htab->srelplt2->contents;
|
5840 |
|
|
rel.r_offset = (splt->output_section->vma
|
5841 |
|
|
+ splt->output_offset
|
5842 |
|
|
+ htab->plt_info->plt0_got_fields[2]);
|
5843 |
|
|
rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_SH_DIR32);
|
5844 |
|
|
rel.r_addend = 8;
|
5845 |
|
|
bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
|
5846 |
|
|
loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
|
5847 |
|
|
|
5848 |
|
|
/* Fix up the remaining .rela.plt.unloaded relocations.
|
5849 |
|
|
They may have the wrong symbol index for _G_O_T_ or
|
5850 |
|
|
_P_L_T_ depending on the order in which symbols were
|
5851 |
|
|
output. */
|
5852 |
|
|
while (loc < htab->srelplt2->contents + htab->srelplt2->size)
|
5853 |
|
|
{
|
5854 |
|
|
/* The PLT entry's pointer to the .got.plt slot. */
|
5855 |
|
|
bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel);
|
5856 |
|
|
rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx,
|
5857 |
|
|
R_SH_DIR32);
|
5858 |
|
|
bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
|
5859 |
|
|
loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
|
5860 |
|
|
|
5861 |
|
|
/* The .got.plt slot's pointer to .plt. */
|
5862 |
|
|
bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel);
|
5863 |
|
|
rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hplt->indx,
|
5864 |
|
|
R_SH_DIR32);
|
5865 |
|
|
bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
|
5866 |
|
|
loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
|
5867 |
|
|
}
|
5868 |
|
|
}
|
5869 |
|
|
|
5870 |
|
|
/* UnixWare sets the entsize of .plt to 4, although that doesn't
|
5871 |
|
|
really seem like the right value. */
|
5872 |
|
|
elf_section_data (splt->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize = 4;
|
5873 |
|
|
}
|
5874 |
|
|
}
|
5875 |
|
|
|
5876 |
|
|
/* Fill in the first three entries in the global offset table. */
|
5877 |
|
|
if (sgot && sgot->size > 0)
|
5878 |
|
|
{
|
5879 |
|
|
if (sdyn == NULL)
|
5880 |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgot->contents);
|
5881 |
|
|
else
|
5882 |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
|
5883 |
|
|
sdyn->output_section->vma + sdyn->output_offset,
|
5884 |
|
|
sgot->contents);
|
5885 |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgot->contents + 4);
|
5886 |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgot->contents + 8);
|
5887 |
|
|
|
5888 |
|
|
elf_section_data (sgot->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize = 4;
|
5889 |
|
|
}
|
5890 |
|
|
|
5891 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
5892 |
|
|
}
|
5893 |
|
|
|
5894 |
|
|
static enum elf_reloc_type_class
|
5895 |
|
|
sh_elf_reloc_type_class (const Elf_Internal_Rela *rela)
|
5896 |
|
|
{
|
5897 |
|
|
switch ((int) ELF32_R_TYPE (rela->r_info))
|
5898 |
|
|
{
|
5899 |
|
|
case R_SH_RELATIVE:
|
5900 |
|
|
return reloc_class_relative;
|
5901 |
|
|
case R_SH_JMP_SLOT:
|
5902 |
|
|
return reloc_class_plt;
|
5903 |
|
|
case R_SH_COPY:
|
5904 |
|
|
return reloc_class_copy;
|
5905 |
|
|
default:
|
5906 |
|
|
return reloc_class_normal;
|
5907 |
|
|
}
|
5908 |
|
|
}
|
5909 |
|
|
|
5910 |
|
|
#if !defined SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED
|
5911 |
|
|
/* Support for Linux core dump NOTE sections. */
|
5912 |
|
|
|
5913 |
|
|
static bfd_boolean
|
5914 |
|
|
elf32_shlin_grok_prstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
|
5915 |
|
|
{
|
5916 |
|
|
int offset;
|
5917 |
|
|
unsigned int size;
|
5918 |
|
|
|
5919 |
|
|
switch (note->descsz)
|
5920 |
|
|
{
|
5921 |
|
|
default:
|
5922 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
5923 |
|
|
|
5924 |
|
|
case 168: /* Linux/SH */
|
5925 |
|
|
/* pr_cursig */
|
5926 |
|
|
elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = bfd_get_16 (abfd, note->descdata + 12);
|
5927 |
|
|
|
5928 |
|
|
/* pr_pid */
|
5929 |
|
|
elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 24);
|
5930 |
|
|
|
5931 |
|
|
/* pr_reg */
|
5932 |
|
|
offset = 72;
|
5933 |
|
|
size = 92;
|
5934 |
|
|
|
5935 |
|
|
break;
|
5936 |
|
|
}
|
5937 |
|
|
|
5938 |
|
|
/* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
|
5939 |
|
|
return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg",
|
5940 |
|
|
size, note->descpos + offset);
|
5941 |
|
|
}
|
5942 |
|
|
|
5943 |
|
|
static bfd_boolean
|
5944 |
|
|
elf32_shlin_grok_psinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
|
5945 |
|
|
{
|
5946 |
|
|
switch (note->descsz)
|
5947 |
|
|
{
|
5948 |
|
|
default:
|
5949 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
5950 |
|
|
|
5951 |
|
|
case 124: /* Linux/SH elf_prpsinfo */
|
5952 |
|
|
elf_tdata (abfd)->core_program
|
5953 |
|
|
= _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 28, 16);
|
5954 |
|
|
elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command
|
5955 |
|
|
= _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 44, 80);
|
5956 |
|
|
}
|
5957 |
|
|
|
5958 |
|
|
/* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
|
5959 |
|
|
onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
|
5960 |
|
|
implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */
|
5961 |
|
|
|
5962 |
|
|
{
|
5963 |
|
|
char *command = elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command;
|
5964 |
|
|
int n = strlen (command);
|
5965 |
|
|
|
5966 |
|
|
if (0 < n && command[n - 1] == ' ')
|
5967 |
|
|
command[n - 1] = '\0';
|
5968 |
|
|
}
|
5969 |
|
|
|
5970 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
5971 |
|
|
}
|
5972 |
|
|
#endif /* not SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED */
|
5973 |
|
|
|
5974 |
|
|
|
5975 |
|
|
/* Return address for Ith PLT stub in section PLT, for relocation REL
|
5976 |
|
|
or (bfd_vma) -1 if it should not be included. */
|
5977 |
|
|
|
5978 |
|
|
static bfd_vma
|
5979 |
|
|
sh_elf_plt_sym_val (bfd_vma i, const asection *plt,
|
5980 |
|
|
const arelent *rel ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
5981 |
|
|
{
|
5982 |
|
|
const struct elf_sh_plt_info *plt_info;
|
5983 |
|
|
|
5984 |
|
|
plt_info = get_plt_info (plt->owner, (plt->owner->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0);
|
5985 |
|
|
return plt->vma + get_plt_offset (plt_info, i);
|
5986 |
|
|
}
|
5987 |
|
|
|
5988 |
|
|
#if !defined SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED
|
5989 |
|
|
#define TARGET_BIG_SYM bfd_elf32_sh_vec
|
5990 |
|
|
#define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-sh"
|
5991 |
|
|
#define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM bfd_elf32_shl_vec
|
5992 |
|
|
#define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf32-shl"
|
5993 |
|
|
#endif
|
5994 |
|
|
|
5995 |
|
|
#define ELF_ARCH bfd_arch_sh
|
5996 |
|
|
#define ELF_MACHINE_CODE EM_SH
|
5997 |
|
|
#ifdef __QNXTARGET__
|
5998 |
|
|
#define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE 0x1000
|
5999 |
|
|
#else
|
6000 |
|
|
#define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE 0x80
|
6001 |
|
|
#endif
|
6002 |
|
|
|
6003 |
|
|
#define elf_symbol_leading_char '_'
|
6004 |
|
|
|
6005 |
|
|
#define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_type_lookup sh_elf_reloc_type_lookup
|
6006 |
|
|
#define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_name_lookup \
|
6007 |
|
|
sh_elf_reloc_name_lookup
|
6008 |
|
|
#define elf_info_to_howto sh_elf_info_to_howto
|
6009 |
|
|
#define bfd_elf32_bfd_relax_section sh_elf_relax_section
|
6010 |
|
|
#define elf_backend_relocate_section sh_elf_relocate_section
|
6011 |
|
|
#define bfd_elf32_bfd_get_relocated_section_contents \
|
6012 |
|
|
sh_elf_get_relocated_section_contents
|
6013 |
|
|
#define bfd_elf32_mkobject sh_elf_mkobject
|
6014 |
|
|
#define elf_backend_object_p sh_elf_object_p
|
6015 |
|
|
#define bfd_elf32_bfd_set_private_bfd_flags \
|
6016 |
|
|
sh_elf_set_private_flags
|
6017 |
|
|
#define bfd_elf32_bfd_copy_private_bfd_data \
|
6018 |
|
|
sh_elf_copy_private_data
|
6019 |
|
|
#define bfd_elf32_bfd_merge_private_bfd_data \
|
6020 |
|
|
sh_elf_merge_private_data
|
6021 |
|
|
|
6022 |
|
|
#define elf_backend_gc_mark_hook sh_elf_gc_mark_hook
|
6023 |
|
|
#define elf_backend_gc_sweep_hook sh_elf_gc_sweep_hook
|
6024 |
|
|
#define elf_backend_check_relocs sh_elf_check_relocs
|
6025 |
|
|
#define elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol \
|
6026 |
|
|
sh_elf_copy_indirect_symbol
|
6027 |
|
|
#define elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections \
|
6028 |
|
|
sh_elf_create_dynamic_sections
|
6029 |
|
|
#define bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create \
|
6030 |
|
|
sh_elf_link_hash_table_create
|
6031 |
|
|
#define elf_backend_adjust_dynamic_symbol \
|
6032 |
|
|
sh_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol
|
6033 |
|
|
#define elf_backend_always_size_sections \
|
6034 |
|
|
sh_elf_always_size_sections
|
6035 |
|
|
#define elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections \
|
6036 |
|
|
sh_elf_size_dynamic_sections
|
6037 |
|
|
#define elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym \
|
6038 |
|
|
((bfd_boolean (*) (bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, asection *)) bfd_true)
|
6039 |
|
|
#define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol \
|
6040 |
|
|
sh_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol
|
6041 |
|
|
#define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_sections \
|
6042 |
|
|
sh_elf_finish_dynamic_sections
|
6043 |
|
|
#define elf_backend_reloc_type_class sh_elf_reloc_type_class
|
6044 |
|
|
#define elf_backend_plt_sym_val sh_elf_plt_sym_val
|
6045 |
|
|
|
6046 |
|
|
#define elf_backend_can_gc_sections 1
|
6047 |
|
|
#define elf_backend_can_refcount 1
|
6048 |
|
|
#define elf_backend_want_got_plt 1
|
6049 |
|
|
#define elf_backend_plt_readonly 1
|
6050 |
|
|
#define elf_backend_want_plt_sym 0
|
6051 |
|
|
#define elf_backend_got_header_size 12
|
6052 |
|
|
|
6053 |
|
|
#if !defined INCLUDE_SHMEDIA && !defined SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED
|
6054 |
|
|
|
6055 |
|
|
#include "elf32-target.h"
|
6056 |
|
|
|
6057 |
|
|
/* NetBSD support. */
|
6058 |
|
|
#undef TARGET_BIG_SYM
|
6059 |
|
|
#define TARGET_BIG_SYM bfd_elf32_shnbsd_vec
|
6060 |
|
|
#undef TARGET_BIG_NAME
|
6061 |
|
|
#define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-sh-nbsd"
|
6062 |
|
|
#undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
|
6063 |
|
|
#define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM bfd_elf32_shlnbsd_vec
|
6064 |
|
|
#undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
|
6065 |
|
|
#define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf32-shl-nbsd"
|
6066 |
|
|
#undef ELF_MAXPAGESIZE
|
6067 |
|
|
#define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE 0x10000
|
6068 |
|
|
#undef ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE
|
6069 |
|
|
#undef elf_symbol_leading_char
|
6070 |
|
|
#define elf_symbol_leading_char 0
|
6071 |
|
|
#undef elf32_bed
|
6072 |
|
|
#define elf32_bed elf32_sh_nbsd_bed
|
6073 |
|
|
|
6074 |
|
|
#include "elf32-target.h"
|
6075 |
|
|
|
6076 |
|
|
|
6077 |
|
|
/* Linux support. */
|
6078 |
|
|
#undef TARGET_BIG_SYM
|
6079 |
|
|
#define TARGET_BIG_SYM bfd_elf32_shblin_vec
|
6080 |
|
|
#undef TARGET_BIG_NAME
|
6081 |
|
|
#define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-shbig-linux"
|
6082 |
|
|
#undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
|
6083 |
|
|
#define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM bfd_elf32_shlin_vec
|
6084 |
|
|
#undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
|
6085 |
|
|
#define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf32-sh-linux"
|
6086 |
|
|
#undef ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE
|
6087 |
|
|
#define ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE 0x1000
|
6088 |
|
|
|
6089 |
|
|
#undef elf_backend_grok_prstatus
|
6090 |
|
|
#define elf_backend_grok_prstatus elf32_shlin_grok_prstatus
|
6091 |
|
|
#undef elf_backend_grok_psinfo
|
6092 |
|
|
#define elf_backend_grok_psinfo elf32_shlin_grok_psinfo
|
6093 |
|
|
#undef elf32_bed
|
6094 |
|
|
#define elf32_bed elf32_sh_lin_bed
|
6095 |
|
|
|
6096 |
|
|
#include "elf32-target.h"
|
6097 |
|
|
|
6098 |
|
|
#undef TARGET_BIG_SYM
|
6099 |
|
|
#define TARGET_BIG_SYM bfd_elf32_shvxworks_vec
|
6100 |
|
|
#undef TARGET_BIG_NAME
|
6101 |
|
|
#define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-sh-vxworks"
|
6102 |
|
|
#undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
|
6103 |
|
|
#define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM bfd_elf32_shlvxworks_vec
|
6104 |
|
|
#undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
|
6105 |
|
|
#define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf32-shl-vxworks"
|
6106 |
|
|
#undef elf32_bed
|
6107 |
|
|
#define elf32_bed elf32_sh_vxworks_bed
|
6108 |
|
|
|
6109 |
|
|
#undef elf_backend_want_plt_sym
|
6110 |
|
|
#define elf_backend_want_plt_sym 1
|
6111 |
|
|
#undef elf_symbol_leading_char
|
6112 |
|
|
#define elf_symbol_leading_char '_'
|
6113 |
|
|
#define elf_backend_want_got_underscore 1
|
6114 |
|
|
#undef elf_backend_grok_prstatus
|
6115 |
|
|
#undef elf_backend_grok_psinfo
|
6116 |
|
|
#undef elf_backend_add_symbol_hook
|
6117 |
|
|
#define elf_backend_add_symbol_hook elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook
|
6118 |
|
|
#undef elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook
|
6119 |
|
|
#define elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook \
|
6120 |
|
|
elf_vxworks_link_output_symbol_hook
|
6121 |
|
|
#undef elf_backend_emit_relocs
|
6122 |
|
|
#define elf_backend_emit_relocs elf_vxworks_emit_relocs
|
6123 |
|
|
#undef elf_backend_final_write_processing
|
6124 |
|
|
#define elf_backend_final_write_processing \
|
6125 |
|
|
elf_vxworks_final_write_processing
|
6126 |
|
|
#undef ELF_MAXPAGESIZE
|
6127 |
|
|
#define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE 0x1000
|
6128 |
|
|
#undef ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE
|
6129 |
|
|
|
6130 |
|
|
#include "elf32-target.h"
|
6131 |
|
|
|
6132 |
|
|
#endif /* neither INCLUDE_SHMEDIA nor SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED */
|